Home
        8 - DEMPAN
         Contents
1.                                               Code Parameter Unit ID Description   V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor   V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25   Frequency reference to motor control  V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rom   V1 4 Motor current A 3   V1 5 Motor torque   4   Calculated shaft torque   V1 6 Motor power   5_  Motor shaft power   V1 7 Motor voltage V 6   V1 8 DC link voltage V 7   V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature   V1 10 Motor temperature A 9 Calculated motor temperature  V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13   Al1 input value   V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14   Al2 input value   V1 13 DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15   Digital input statuses   V1 14 DIN4  DIN5  DING 16   Digital input statuses   V1 15 _  Analogue lout mA 26   AOI   V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27   Al3 input value   V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28   Al4 input value   V1 18 PID Reference   20   In  of the max  frequency   V1 19 PID Actual value   21   In  of the max actual value   V1 20 PID Error value   22   In   of the max error value   V1 21 PID Output   23   In   of the max output value   V1 22 Running auxiliary drives 30   Number of running auxiliary drives  V1 23 Special display for actual value 29   See parameters 2 9 29 to 2 9 31  V1 24   PT 100 temperature c   42 ra temperature ot Asean nied  G1 25 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitor  values                   Table 7 2  Monitoring values        106 209  Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell    7 5 
2.                 Gr    g  ID325   Custom  1D325   0  Al2   0   100        ID325   1  Al2   20 100        ID303          0 1  ID326 ID327 NX12K75             Figure 8 21  Analogue input Al2 scaling     34567  34567    These parameters set Al2 for any input signal span within  160   160      Analogue input Al2 custom setting min   Analogue input Al2 custom setting max      2 2 11  2 2 23  2 2 3 4    2 2 12  2 2 24  2 2 3 5     Analogue input Al2 inversion 3457    See ID323   Note  In application 3  Al2 is the place A frequency reference  if parameter ID117   1   default      2 2 13  2 2 25  2 2 3 6     Analogue input Al2  l  filter time 34567  2 2 14  2 2 26  2 2 3 2   See ID324   DIN5 function 5  2 2 3     The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions  If it need not be used  set the value of  this parameter to 0   The selections are the same as in parameter ID319 except     13 Enable PID reference 2  Contact open  PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332   Contact closed  PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with parameter R3 5     Motor potentiometer ramp time 3567  2 2 22  2 2 27  2 2 1 2  2 2 1 15     Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer value  HzZ s         Honeywell    332    333    334  335    336    337    338          Description of parameters       PID controller reference signal  Place A  57  2 1 11   Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller                                            Applic  5
3.             Table 7 1  Pump and fan control application default I O configuration and  connection example  with 2 wire transmitter      Note  See jumper selections below  More  information in the product s user s  nual     ma       Jumper block X3   CMA and CMB grounding    CMB connected to GND  CMA connected to GND                      CMB isolated from GND  CMA isolated from GND    CMB and CMA  internally connected together   isolated from GND                                          Factory default       Honeywell       230 VAC    Pump and Fan Control Application       Autom  O Mains       Autom  O Mains       M1 mains    M2 mains    Figure 7 1  2 pump autochange system  principal control diagram    NX12k105 dsf          NXOPTA1   24voc om2    3                               NXOPTA1    DINS    10          Ka                  Figure 7 2  3 pump autochange system  principal control diagram    M3 mains                NX 12k106 dsf       98 209  Pump and Fan Control Application    7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control Application    Honeywell          Jogging speed  programmable  par  2 2 6 12        Interlock 2  programmable  par  2 2 6 19     1 3 Heldbus Chr refere  2 1 2 Keypad Cril reference  2 1 1 VO B reference  2 1 4 PID reference 2  1 11 PID reference 1                          l   l   f   l   i Enable PID keypad ref  2  1  parl 2 2 6 23   i   1   l   L    l   l                    Calculation of             AIB  Al4    leldous ref    FBProcessDatalN1     B34
4.          104 209  Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell    Fo Ei   Hh   Ahi    ee e  ac     lt     NX12k107  ds4    O  aE a E     i Fv U e2 i re UM                                               NX12k104 ds4       Figure 7 6  Example of 3 pump autochange  main diagram       Honeywell           Pump and Fan Control Application 105 209     7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205     Column explanations     Code  Parameter  Min   Max   Unit  Default  Cust   ID    Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present param  number  Name of parameter   Minimum value of parameter   Maximum value of parameter   Unit of parameter value  Given if available   Value preset by factory   Customer   s own settings   ID number of the parameter   On parameter code  Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been  stopped    Apply the Terminal to Function method  TTF  to these parameters  see chapter  6 4     7 5 1 Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1     The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and  measurements  Monitoring values cannot be edited    See the product s user s manual for more information  Note that the monitoring values V1 18 to  V1 23 are available in the PFC control application only                                           
5.         Code Parameter Unit ID Description  V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor  V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control  V1 3 Motor speed rom 2 Motor speed in rom  V1 4 Motor current A 3  V1 5 Motor torque   4 Calculated shaft torque  V1 6 Motor power   5 Motor shaft power  V1 7 Motor voltage V 6  V1 8 DC link voltage V 7  V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature  V1 10 Motor temperature  o 9 Calculated motor temperature  V1 13   DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 Digital input statuses  V1 14   DIN4  DIN5  DING 16 Digital input statuses   AO1       V1 15 Analogie rait 1                                                             V1 18 Torque reference  V1 19   PT 100 temperature ce   42 BAA temperare G Meat Tey  G1 20   Multimonitoring items er three selectable monitoring  V1 21 1   Current A 1113   Unfiltered motor current  V1 21 2   Torque   1125   Unfiltered motor torque  V1 21 3   DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage  V1 21 4   Status Word 43 See chapter 6 6 2  V1 21 5   Encoder 1 Frequency Hz 1124  V1 21 6   Shaft Rounds r 1170   See ID 1090  V1 21 7_  Shaft Angle Deg   1169   See ID 1090  V1 21 8   Measured temperature 1 3 50  V1 21 9   Measured temperature 2 e 51  V1 21 10   Measured temperature 3 i 52  V1 21 11   Encoder 2 Frequency Hz 53 From OPTA7 board  V1 21 12   Absolute encoder position 54 From OPTBB board  V1 21 13   Absolute encod  rotations 55 From OPTBB board  V1 21 14   ID Run Status 49  V1 21 15   PolePairNumber 5
6.         Honeywell Multi step Speed Control Application       4 4 9 Autorestart parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 8     Parameter i i Default Cust ID  10 00 0 50 717    Trialtime   0 00   60 00 30 00 718    Start function 0    Number of tries after  0  undervoltage trip  Number of tries after 0  overvoltage trip  Number of tries after    3 0  overcurrent trip  Number of tries after 10 0  4mA reference trip  Number of tries after    10 0  motor temp fault trip  Number of tries after    10 0  external fault trip  Number of tries after 10 0  underload fault trip    Table 4 10  Autorestart parameters  G2 8    719   1 Flying start  2 According to par  2 4 6    720  721  722  723  726  725    738                   4 4 10   Keypad control  Control keypad  Menu M3   The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below  See    the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual   1 1 0 terminal  125   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  0 Forward  1 Reverse    Parameter Unit Default Cust    Keypad reference z p z Hz  Direction  on keypad  TIA 0    Table 4 11  Keypad control parameters  M3       0 Limited function of Stop  button   1 Stop button always  enabled             4 4 11   System menu  Control keypad  M6     For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as  application and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware  and software  see the product s user s manu
7.       130 209     165    166    169  170    179    Description of parameters Honeywell    All joystick offset 6  2 2 2 11     Define the frequency zero point as follows  With this parameter on display  place the  potentiometer at the assumed zero point and press Enter on the keypad  Note  This will  not  however  change the reference scaling    Press Reset button to change the parameter value back to 0 00      Al2 joystick offset 6  2 2 3 11    See par  ID165    Fieldbus input data 4  FBFixedControlWord  bit 6  6  2 3 3 27   Fieldbus input data 5  FBFixedControlWord  bit 7  6  2 3 3 28    The data from the fieldbus  FBFixedControlWord  can be led to the digital outputs of the  frequency converter    Scaling of motoring power limit 6  2 2 6 7     The motoring power limit is equal to ID1289 if value  Not used  is selected  If any of the  inputs is selected the motoring power limit is scaled between zero and parameter  ID1289  This parameter is available for NXP drives only     0   Not used  1 All   2 Al2  3 Al3  4 Al4    5   FB Limit Scaling ID46  monitoring value        300       Honeywell          Description of parameters 131 209        Start Stop logic selection 2346  2 2 1  2 2 1 1     0 DIN1  closed contact   start forward  DIN2  closed contact   start reverse    A    Output Stop function  frequency  ID506   coastin    ll d       a  NX12K09       The first selected direction has the highest priority     When the DIN1 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the chan
8.       reverse logic  Start reverse  programmable  A    3 3 Keypad drection  Fault reset input    Internal fault reset   programmable         NX12k103 fh8          Internal Start Stop    Internal reverse             Figure 6 1  Control signal logic of the Multi purpose Control Application          Multi purpose Control Application       Honeywell    6 4    Terminal To Function     TTF  programming principle    The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multipurpose Control Application  as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application  and partly in the other applications  is differ   ent compared to the conventional method used in other NX applications     In the conventional programming method  Function to Terminal Programming Method  FTT   you  have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for  The applications mentioned above   however  use the Terminal to Function Programming method  TTF  in which the programming pro   cess is carried out the other way round  Functions appear as parameters which the operator defines  a certain input output for  See Warning on page 66     6 4 1 Defining an input output for a certain function on keypad    Connecting a certain input or output with a certain function  parameter  is done by giving the para   meter an appropriate value  The value is formed of the Board slot on the NX control board  see the  product s user s manual  and the respective signal number  see below        Terminal type    Examp
9.      300 0   300 0  0 0         0 00             Max    1 3    320 00    200 00    par     P2 6 4    100 00    40 00    Varies    1  100 00    1 2    300 00       60000  32000    32000    300 0    300 0    100 0    100 00       Table 4 8  Motor control parameters  G2 6          Unit    Hz         o         o         o    kHz       Default    50 00    100 00  50 00    100 00    Varies  Varies    Pe       00     00      00      40 00          Cust    ID    600    602    603    605    606    607    608         627    628                    Note  0 Frequency control  1 Speed control  Additionally for NXP   2 Not used  3 Closed loop speed ctrl  0 Not used  1 Automatic torque boost  O Linear    1 Squared  2 Programmable  3 Linear with flux optim        n  xX Unmot    n  X Unmot  Parameter max  value    par  2 6 5    n  x Unmot    See Table 8 12 for exact  values   O Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping   O Not used  1 Used       O No action  1 Identification w o run  2 Identification with run    0 Not used   1 Torque memory  2 Torque reference  3 Start up torque fwd rev             Code Parameter Min Max  P2 74 Response to 4mA 5  reference fault  po7o   4mA reference fault  0 00   Par  2 1 2  frequenc  Response to  supervision  Response to  RE undervoltage fault EDR  supervision  P2 7 7  Earth fault protection  Oo   3    Thermal protection  para ho Motor ambiente ional  4000  temperature factor  P27 10 a a 150 0  at zero speed  p2 7 44   Motor thermal time  constant  P2 
10.      A 1    0    0 00  100 00    0             Honeywell    331    339   100 No maximum scaling    O No reset   1 Reset if stopped or  powered down   2 Reset if powered down    367    O No reset   1 Reset if stopped or  powered down   2 Reset if powered down    0 Scaling off   344  gt 0 Scaled min  value  0 Scaling off   345  gt 0 Scaled max  value    370          0 Signal range 0 100    320   1 Signal range 20 100    2 Custom range    ea   a  0 Not inverted   1 Inverted       ID Note            329   O No filtering  0 0   20 mA   325   1 4   20 mA   2 Customised        326       327       0 Not inverted    328 1 Inverted              Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See NX User s Manual  chapter 6 2 2 2       Honeywell    Pump and Fan Control Application       7 5 3 4  Code Parameter  Al3 signal  Peci selection  P2 2 4 2 Als filter time  P2 2 4 3 Al3 signal range  Al3 custom minimum  P2 2 4 4 setting  P2 2 4 5 AIS custom  maximum setting  P2 2 4 6 Al inversion             160 00     160 00   160 00   160 00  Ce    Table 7 7  Input signals  Analogue input 3    Code  P2 2 5 1  P2 2 5 2    P2 2 5 3    P2 2 5 4    P2 2 5 5    P2 2 5 6    Parameter  Al4 signal selection  Al4 filter time    Al4 signal range    setting  setting    Al4 inversion    Min     160 00   160 00    160 00       Table 7 8  Input signals  Analogue input 4                144    145    151       155    156    162          Cust   ID                                            109 209     Note 
11.      CL  Zero speed time at start 23456  2 6 4 9  2 6 27 9     After giving the start command the drive will remain at zero speed for the time defined by  this parameter  The ramp will be released to follow the set frequency speed reference  after this time has elapsed from the instant where the command is given  See chapter  9 2     CL  Zero speed time at stop 23456  2 6 4 10  2 6 27 10     The drive will remain at zero speed with controllers active for the time defined by this  parameter after reaching the zero speed when a stop command is given  This parameter  has no effect if the selected stop function  ID506  is Coasting  See chapter 9 2     CL  Current control P gain 23456  2 6 4 17  2 6 27 17     Sets the gain for the current controller  This controller is active only in closed loop and  advanced open loop modes  The controller generates the voltage vector reference to the  modulator  See chapter 9 2     CL  Encoder filter time 23456  2 6 4 15  2 6 27 15     Sets the filter time constant for speed measurement   The parameter can be used to eliminate encoder signal noise  Too high a filter time  reduces speed control stability  See chapter 9 2     CL  Slip adjust 23456  2 6 4 6  2 6 27 6     The motor name plate speed is used to calculate the nominal slip  This value is used to  adjust the voltage of motor when loaded  The name plate speed is sometimes a little  inaccurate and this parameter can therefore be used to trim the slip  Reducing the slip  adjust value increa
12.      e Apply the Autochange function with parameter 2 9 24  Autochange     e The autochange takes place when the time set with parameter 2 9 26  Autochange interval  has  expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with parameter 2 9 28  Autochange  frequency limit     e The running drives are stopped and re started according to the new order     e External contactors controlled through the relay outputs of the frequency converter connect the  drives to the frequency converter or to the mains  If the motor controlled by the frequency con   verter is included in the autochange sequence  it is always controlled through the relay output  activated first  The other relays activated later control the auxiliary drives  see Figure 7 5 and  Figure 7 6      Parameter 2 9 24  Autochange    0 Autochange not used   1 Autochange used  The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary  drives only or the auxiliary drives and the drive controlled by the frequency converter  depending on  the setting of parameter 2 9 25  Automatics selection  By default  the Autochange is activated for 2  drives  See Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 5     Parameter 2 9 25  Autochange Interlockings automatics selection    0 Automatics  autochange interlockings  applied to auxiliary drives only  The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same  Therefore  mains contactor is  needed for one auxiliary drive only     1 All drives included in t
13.     0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    See P2 7 21  See P2 7 21  0 No response  1 Warning    2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting             NXP drives only  P2 7 28   Brake fault action 1    P2 7 29   Brake fault dela 0 00  P2 7 30   System bus fault 2    System bus fault    P2 7 32   Cooling fault delay 0 00  Table 6 29  Protections  G2 7             3 00  2 00       90 209  Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell    1 Warning   1316   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  1317  0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    1082    1352  751          6 6 11 Autorestart parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 8     Code Parameter Min Max Unit  P2 8 1 10 00  P2 8 2   Trialtime   0 00   60 00    P2 8 3 Start function B  p2 g 4   Number of tries after of  undervoltage trip  overvoltage trip  Number of tries after  Number of tries after  Number of tries after  P2 8 8 motor temperature 10  fault trip  Number of tries after  P2 8 1   Number of tries after 10  0 underload fault trip    Table 6 30  Autorestart parameters  G2 8    Default    0 50  30 00       Cust  i TT   z8  Cid    0 Ramp  719   1 Flying start  2 According to par  2 4 6       Honeywell                         6 6 12    Parameter 
14.     428       429       430       431          Honeywell    Note    Control place A  oc   Control place B  cc   Ext  fault displayed  cc  Ext  fault displayed  oc   Motor start enabled  cc  Acc Dec time 1  oc   Acc Dec time 2  cc  Force control place to I O  terminal  cc    Force control place to  keypad  cc   Force control place to  fieldbus  cc   Direction forward  oc   Direction reverse  cc  Jogging speed selected for  frequency reference  cc  All faults reset  cc  Acc Dec prohibited  cc   DC braking active  cc  Mot pot  reference  decreases  cc   Mot pot  reference  increases  Cc     Activated if cc  Activated if cc  Activated if cc  Activated if cc    Activated if cc    Selected with 2 1 11  oc   Selected with 2 2 1 4  cc    cc   closing contact  oc   opening contact       Honeywell       7 5 4 Output signals  7 5 4 1 Digital output signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3 1     Code    P2 3 1 1  P2 3 1 2  P2 3 1 3  P2 3 1 4  P2 3 1 5  P2 3 1 6  P2 3 1 7    P2 3 1 8  P2 3 1 9  P2 3 1 10    P2 3 1 114  P2 3 1 12    P2 3 1 13    P2 3 1 14    P2 3 1 15    P2 3 1 16    P2 3 1 17    P2 3 1 18    P2 3 1 19  P2 3 1 20  P2 3 1 21    P2 3 1 22    P2 3 1 23    P2 3 1 24  P2 3 1 25  P2 3 1 26    P2 3 1 27    P2 3 1 28    P2 3 1 29    P2 3 1 30  P2 3 1 31    Parameter    Read  Run  Fault  Inverted fault  Warning  External fault  Reference fault warning  Overtemperature  warning  Reverse  Unrequested  direction  At speed  Jogging speed  External control  place  External brake  cont
15.     603    604    605    601    607    608    521    637       0 Frequency control  1 Speed control  2 Torque control  3 Closed loop speed ctrl  4 Closed loop torque ctrl  1 Automatic torque boost  0 Linear   1 Squared  2 Programmable  3 Linear with flux optim     n  x Unmo    N  X Unmo  Parameter max  value    par  2 6 5    nN  X Unmo       See Table 8 12 for exact  values   O Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping    0 Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping to zero     See par  2 6 1     No action  1 Identification w o run  2 Identification with run       Honeywell             P gain       Table 6 23  Closed Loop parameters  NXS drives    Table 6 24  Identification parameters  NXS drives             300 0       300 0  0 0  0 00    6 6 8 1 NXS drives  Closed Loop   __ Code   _ Parameter  P2 6 17 1 Magnetizing  curent    p2 6 17 2   SPeed control P    gain    P2 6 17 3   Speed control    time  P2 6 17 5 Acceleration    compensation    _P2 6 17 6   Slip adjust  P2 6 17 7 Magnetizing  _ current at start _   Magnetizing time  P2 6 17 8 eee    P26 17 9   Ospeed time at  P am  start  P2 6 17 10   Ospeed time at  pe Sle i  P2 6 17 11   Start up torque  So aapa   Startup torque    Start up torque  _P2 6 17 15   Encoder filter time    P2 6 17 17   Current control    Multi purpose Control Application       300 0    300 0  100 0  100 00             0 0    0 0  0 0  40 00             616    621    633    634  618  617          Note    If zero internally calculated    N
16.     Description of parameters 205 209        8 2 Keypad control parameters    Unlike the parameters listed above  these parameters are located in the M3 menu of the control  keypad  The reference parameters do not have an ID number     114    125    123    R3 2    R3 4    R3 5    R3 5    Stop button activated  3 4  3 6     If you wish to make the Stop button a  hotspot  which always stops the drive regardless  of the selected control place  give this parameter the value 1   See also parameter ID125     Control Place  3 1     The active control place can be changed with this parameter  For more information  see  the product s user s manual    Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active control  place and copies the Run status information  Run Stop  direction and reference      Keypad Direction  3 3    0 Forward  The rotation of the motor is forward  when the keypad is the active  control place    1 Reverse  The rotation of the motor is reversed  when the keypad is the active    control place   For more information  see the product s user s manual     Keypad Reference  3 2    The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter    The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the Stop button  for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M3  For more information  see  the product s user s manual    PID reference 1 57  3 4    The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0  and 1
17.     Figure 8 27  Reduction of DC braking current             Honeywell    Description of parameters        149 209     3   Reduces acceleration and deceleration times     Acceleration and deceleration times  can be reduced with the free analogue  input signal according to the following  formulas     Reduced time   set acc  deceler   time  par ID103  ID104  ID502  ID503   divided by the factor R in Figure 8 28     4   Reduces torque supervision limit    Set supervision limit can be reduced  with the free analogue input signal  between 0 and set supervision limit   ID349   see Figure 8 29        A  Factor R             Signal range NX12K59    Figure 8 28  Reduction of acceleration and  deceleration times    Torque  A limit  100   Par  ID349               Figure 8 29  Reduction of torque supervision  limit       150 209  Description of parameters Honeywell    363 Start Stop logic selection  place B 3  2 2 15     0 DIN4  closed contact   start forward  DIN5  closed contact   start reverse    A    Output Stop function  frequency  ID506   coastin      g  I              a  NX12K09       The first selected direction has the highest priority     When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change       If Start forward  DIN4  and Start reverse  DIN5  signals are active simultaneously  the Start forward signal  DIN4  has priority        Figure 8 30  Start forward Start reverse    1 DIN4  closed contact   start open contact   stop  DIN5  closed contact   reverse open
18.     PID keypad ref   P35    el is ref    FBProcessDatal N38     Keypad ref   R3 9                                                                       p  Motor  potentiometer     programmable     DINF    DINF         ul  do                         Reset button          Reference from fieldbus   Sart Stop from fieldbus  Direction from fieldbus                      i   DINI Start  Place A  progr  par  2  lai a 5  2B    DMG Start  Place B  progr  par 2 2 6 2  VO reverse  par  2 2 6 11   programmable                 DINE            3 3 Keypad direction                NX12K06 Ir3     Reset from the fieldbus                Al  PID reference  I O A   A2   PID reference 2  I O A   B   Direct frequency reference  I O B    K   Keypad reference  F   Fieldbus reference             Stop button  active  P3 6 1          Figure 7 3  Control signal logic of the Pump and Fan Control Application             Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application    7 4 Short description of function and essential parameters  7 4 1 Automatic changing between drives  Autochange  P2 9 24     The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives controlled by the pump and  fan automatics to be changed at desired intervals  The drive controlled by frequency converter can  also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence  par  2 9 25   The Autochange  function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and to prevent e g  pump stalls  due to too long running breaks
19.    0 No filtering  0 0   20 mA  1 4   20 mA  2 Customised    O Not inverted  1 Inverted       Note    O No filtering  0 0   20 mA  1 4   20 mA  2 Customised    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted        Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See the product s User s Manual       110 209     7 9 3 6             Table 7 9  Input signals  Digital inputs             Cust    Digital inputs  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 2 4   Code Parameter Min Default  P2 2 6 1 Start A signal ze es  P2 2 6 2 Start B signal Lo  Az  P2 2 6 3 Control place A B e AG  selection  P2 2 6 4 External fault  close    0   01  P2 2 6 5 External fault  open    O   0 2  P2 2 6 6 Run enable   o   02  P2 2 6 7 AcoDe ime E 0 1  selection  P2 2 6 8  Control from I O terminal o   0 1  P2 2 6 9 Control from keypad Ea 0 1  P2 2 6 10 Control from fieldbus Ea 0 1  P2 2 6 11 Reverse La  0 1  P2 2 6 12 Jogging speed Es  A 5    P2 2 6 13   Fault reset  oO 0 1  P2 2 6 14 Acc Dec prohibit   O   0 1  P2 2 6 15 DC braking Lo   0 1  Motor potentiometer  IES reference DOWN Ea O    Motor potentiometer  P2 2 6 17 COVE ea  0 1  P2 2 6 18 TINE A2  Interlock  P2 2 6 19 Punong 2 A3  Interlock  Autochange 3  P2 2 6 20 PER  a   0 1  P2 2 6 21 SUSE SIE 4 0 1  Interlock  Autochange 5  P2 2 6 22 PORK re  0 1  P2 2 6 23 PID reference 2  Lae  0 1    Pump and Fan Control Application                               409       410       411       412       413       A  k  A       T  ore  o       A  pax  O       417          426       427   
20.    4mA reference fault  preset frequency reference 234567  2 7 2     If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4mA fault occurs then the frequency  reference to the motor is the value of this parameter        184 209     730    731    732    733    734    738    Description of parameters Honeywell    Input phase supervision 234567  2 7 4     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506  3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting    The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the frequency converter  have an approximately equal current     Automatic restart 1  2 20   The Automatic restart is taken into use with this parameter     0   Disabled  1   Enabled    The function resets the following faults  max  three times   See the product s user s manual     Overcurrent  F1    Overvoltage  F2    Undervoltage  F9    Frequency converter overtemperature  F14   Motor overtemperature  F16    Reference fault  F50     Response to thermistor fault 234567  2 7 21     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506  3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting    Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection     Response to fieldbus fault 234567  2 7 22     Set here the response mode for the fieldbus fault if a fieldbus board is used  For more  information  see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual     See parameter ID732     Response to slot fault 234567  2 7 23  
21.    Description of parameters Honeywell    Motor thermal protection  Motor cooling factor  at zero speed  234567  2 7 10     The current can be set between 0O   150 0  x Inmotor  This parameter sets the value for  thermal current at zero frequency  See Figure 8 47     The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor  If an  external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90   or even higher      Note  The value is set as a percentage  of the motor name plate data  par  P cooling  ID113  Nominal current of motor   not  the drive s nominal output current  The Overload area  motor s nominal current is the current  that the motor can withstand in direct  on line use without being overheated        If you change the parameter Nominal  current of motor  this parameter is Par   automatically restored to the default 1D706 40   value    Setting this parameter does not affect  the maximum output current of the fn  drive which is determined by parameter   ID107 alone  See chapter 9 4           NX12k62       Figure 8 47  Motor thermal current I  curve    Motor thermal protection  Time constant 234567  2 7 11   This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes     This is the thermal time constant of the motor  The bigger the motor  the bigger the time  constant  The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has  reached 63  of its final value     The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different
22.    This is the usual operation mode when fast response times  high accuracy or controlled  run at zero frequencies are needed  Encoder board should be connected to slot C of the  control unit  Set the encoder P R parameter  P7 3 1 1   Run in open loop and check the  encoder speed and direction  V7 3 2 2   Change the direction parameter  P7 3 1 2  or  switch the phases of motor cables if necessary  Do not run if encoder speed is wrong   Program the no load current to parameter ID612 and set parameter ID619  Slip Adjust  to  get the voltage slightly above the linear U f curve with the motor frequency at about 66  of  the nominal motor frequency  The Motor Nominal Speed parameter  1D112  is critical  The  Current Limit parameter  ID107  controls the available torque linearly in relative to motor  nominal current     9 3 Advanced Open Loop parameters  ID s 622 to 625  632  635     Select the Advanced Open Loop control mode by setting value 5 or 6 for parameter ID600  not  available in applications 1 and 6     The Advanced Open Loop control mode finds similar implementations as the Closed Loop control  mode above  However  the control accuracy of the Closed Loop control mode is higher than that of  the Advanced Open Loop control mode     EXAMPLE     Motor Control Mode   5 Frequency control  Advanced open loop  and 6 Speed control   Advanced open loop     The motor is running at current vector control at low frequencies  At frequencies above the  frequency limit  the motor is in fr
23.    Used when running  no testing     When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor  the inertia of the motor and the  load are fed into an external brake resistor  This enables the frequency converter to  decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration  provided that the correct  brake resistor has been selected   See separate Brake resistor installation manual     Start function  2 4 6   Ramp   0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference    frequency within the set acceleration time   Load inertia or starting friction may  cause prolonged acceleration times         506    507    508    166 209     Description of parameters Honeywell    Flying start   1 The frequency converter is able to start into a running motor by applying a  small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the  speed the motor is running at  Searching starts from the maximum frequency  towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected  Thereafter   the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value  according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters     Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given  With  the flying start it is possible to ride through short mains voltage interruptions     Stop function  2 4 7   Coasting   0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter     after the Stop command     Ramp    1 After the Sto
24.    amp         N     1285    1288    1287    an a   fo  D o  o  R jals o N  2 oN  e     Note  0 Frequency control  1 Speed control    2 Torque control  3 Closed loop speed ctrl  4 Closed loop torque ctrl  1 Automatic torque boost  0 Linear   1 Squared       2 Programmable  3 Linear with flux optim        n  x Unmo    N  X Unmo  Parameter max  value    par  2 6 5    n        X Unmo    See Table 8 12 for exact  values   0 Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping    0 Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping to zero     See par  2 6 1     No action  1 Identification w o run    2 Identification with run  3 Encoder ID Run          Honeywell Multi purpose Control Application       6 6 9 1 NXP drives  Closed Loop parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2 gt  G2 6 27                             Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default   Cust ID Note  P2 6 27 1 A 0 00 100 00 A 0 00 612   If zero internally calculated  P2 6 27 2   Speed ee 1 1000 30 613 Eal  gain    Speed controll   _ Negative value uses 1 ms  P2 6 27 3 ire 32000   3200 0 ms 100 0 ara eo OTTE  P2 6 27 5   Acceleration 0 00   300 00   s 0 00 626 oe o i  compensation  P2 6 27 6 Slip adjust 0 500   75   619    P2 6 27 7 Magnetizing 0 IL A 0 00 627 E  current at start  P2 6 27 8   Magnetizing time 0 32000   ms 0 628 E  at start  P2 6 27 9 u ie 0 32000   ms 100 615      stop  O Not used  1 Torque memory  P2 6 27 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 2 Torque reference  3 Start up torque fwd rev  P2 6 27 12 S a  300 0   300 0   0 
25.    e Analogue input signal range selection  Two frequency limit supervisions  Torque limit supervision  Reference limit supervision  Second ramps and S shape ramp programming  Programmable start and stop functions  DC brake at start and stop  Three prohibit frequency areas  Programmable U f curve and switching frequency  Autorestart  Motor thermal and stall protection  fully programmable  off  warning  fault  Motor underload protection  Input and output phase supervision  Sum point frequency addition to PID output  The PID controller can additionally be used from control places I O B  keypad and fieldbus  Easy ChangeOver function  Sleep function    The parameters of the PID Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual  The  explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter        Honeywell    5 2 Control I O    PID Control Application          Reference potentiometer              1   10 kQ  Lo O n Ne    2 wire l       transmitter       Actual       value                                                                                 OPT A1  Terminal Signal Description  1  10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc   2 Al1  Analogue input  voltage range   Voltage input frequency reference  0   10V DC  3 Alt  I O Ground Ground for reference and controls  4 Al2  Analogue input  current range Current input frequency reference  5 Al2  0   20mA  6  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  7 GND I O
26.   1 Hz    Stop freq  of aux   rive  par  ID1003   1 Hz          Frequency i    Stop freq  of aux  drive 1 Frequency after starting   I i  1D1003  1 H the aux  drive1 Sh decrease during  4     Stop delay of the aux    pat  101603 1 He is par  D1003   1 Hz Finn ote SOP delay i drives  pay  1D1011   par     NX12k89       Figure 8 54  Example of parameter setting  Variable speed drive and one auxiliary drive    1012 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 1 7  2 9 12   1013 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 2 7  2 9 13   1014 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 3 7  2 9 14   1015 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 4 7  2 9 15     The reference step will be automatically added to the reference value always when the  corresponding auxiliary drive is started  With the reference steps e g  the pressure loss  in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated  See Figure 8 55     Reference for Pl controller    Reference step 3  par  ID1014    Reference step 2 N   par  ID1013    Reference step 1  par  ID1012    Reference     analogue  input           Aux  drive 1          Aux  drive 2          Aux  drive 3             NX12k90       Figure 8 55  Reference steps after starting auxiliary drives       Honeywell    1016    1017    1018    1019           Description of parameters 189 209        Sleep frequency 57  2 1 15     The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the frequency of the drive falls below  the S eep level defined wit
27.   2 2 2 9     The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the Al signal level falls below the  Sleep limit defined with this parameter  See Figure 8 35     Frequency reference  Hz    REVERSE FORWARD    50  50   Reference  scaling max  1D304   70Hz       From reverse to forward       Max freq  1ID102    50Hz    START STOP  STOP STA  A From forward to reverse    Analogue  input  V mA   Min freq  ID101    0 10V 20mA     Ref  scaling min pot  ID303   0Hz Par  ID321 i Par  ID322    20    Sleep limit   90      ID385   7                 Joystick hysteresis  NX12k99  ID384   20         Figure 8 35  Example of sleep limit function    Frequency reference  Hz    REVERSE FORWARD    50  50   Reference  scaling max  ID304   70Hz       From reverse to forward       Max freq  ID102    50Hz    From forward to reverse          Analogue  input  V mA   Min freq  ID101    0 10V 20mA   Ref  scaling min  ID303   OHz i               Joystick hysteresis   ID384   20      NX12k95       Figure 8 36  Joystick hysteresis with minimum frequency at 35Hz        156 209  Description of parameters Honeywell    386 All sleep delay 6  2 2 2 10   This parameter defines the time the analoque input signal has to stay under the sleep  limit determined with parameter ID385 in order to stop the frequency converter    388 Al2 signal selection 234567  2 2 9  2 2 21  2 2 3 1   Connect the Al2 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter  For  more information about the TTF programming method  
28.   A Underload time counter        Trip area  Par  ID716             Trip warnin    par 107139       I        i  I             Time     a  idee dee e   No underl     NX12k66                Figure 8 52  Underload time counter function    Automatic restart  Wait time 234567  2 8 1    Defines the time before the frequency converter tries to automatically restart the motor  after the fault has disappeared    Automatic restart  Trial time 234567  2 8 2     The Automatic restart function restarts the frequency converter when the faults selected  with parameters ID720 to ID725 have disappeared and the waiting time has elapsed        182 209     719    720    Description of parameters Honeywell          Wait time   Wait time    Wait time      Par ID717  r    Par ID717  Par ID717   e e      Fault trigger                                                                              Motor stop signal        Restart 1   Restart 2  Motor start signal al q  supervision i Trial time z en  Par  ID718  Fault active    RESET   Fault reset             NX12k67       Autoreset function   Trials   2        Figure 8 53  Example of Automatic restarts with two restarts    Parameters ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during  the trial time set by parameter ID718  The time count starts from the first autorestart  If  the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of parameters  ID720 to ID725 the fault state becomes active  Otherwise the fault is c
29.   Direction  on  P3 3 keypad  0  R3 4 PID reference 0 00  R3 5 PID reference2   0 00   100  00 0 00  R3 6 Stop button 1                Table 5 11  Keypad control parameters  M3  5 4 11   System menu  Control keypad  M6        Cust       125       1 1 O terminal   2 Keypad   3 Fieldbus   0 Forward   1 Reverse  PO    0 Limited function of Stop  button   1 Stop button always  enabled    For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as  application and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware    and software  see the product s user s manual     5 4 12 Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s user s manual        62 209  Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell  yw    6  MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION   Software ASFIFF06     6 1 Introduction  Select the Multi purpose Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2     Multi purpose control application provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors  It can  be used for various kinds of different processes  where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and  PID control is not necessary  if you need PID control functions  use the PID Control Application or  Pump and Fan Control Application     The frequency reference can be selected e g  from the analogue inputs  joystick control  mot
30.   ID125     Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes  beyond the set supervision limits  par  ID354 and  1D355     Rotation direction is different from the requested one     External brake ON OFF control  par  ID352 and  1D353   Output active when brake control is OFF   The thermistor input of option board indicates  overtemperature  Fault or warning depending on  parameter ID732    Fieldbus input data  FBFixedControlWord  to DO RO   Selects the analogue input to be monitored  See par   ID356  D357  ID358 and ID463     Fieldbus data  FBFixedControlWord  to DO RO  Fieldbus data  FBFixedControlWord  to DO RO  Fieldbus data  FBFixedControlWord  to DO RO       Table 8 8  Output signals via DO1 and output relays RO1 and RO2     Output frequency limit supervision    function    0 No supervision   1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision  3    234567  2 3 10  2 3 4 1  2 3 2 1     Brake on control  Application 6 only  see chapter 9 1 on page 206     If the output frequency goes under over the set limit  ID316  this function generates a  warning message via the digital output DO1 or via the relay output RO1  or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters ID312   1ID314        Honeywell    316    319            Description of parameters 139 209        Output frequency limit supervision value 234567  2 3 11  2 3 4 2  2 3 2 2     Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID315  See Figure 8 16           A  f Hz  ID315  2    ID316                      Example   24 
31.   IGBT temp fault also included   This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial  time set by ID718     0   No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip   gt 0   Number of automatic restarts after overcurrent trip and IGBT  temperature faults   Automatic restart  Number of tries after 4mA reference trip 234567  2 8 7     This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial  time set by ID718     0   No automatic restart after reference fault trip   gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the analogue current signal   4   20mA  has returned to the normal level   gt 4mA     Automatic restart  Number of tries after external fault trip 234567  2 8 9   This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial  time set by ID718     0   No automatic restart after External fault trip   gt 0   Number of automatic restarts after External fault trip    Automatic restart  Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip   234567   2 8 8     This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial  time set by ID718     0   No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip   gt 0   Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has  returned to its normal level  Response to undervoltage fault 234567  2 7 5     0   Fault stored in fault history  1   Fault not stored in fault history    For the undervoltage limits  see the product s user s manual  
32.   Parameter   Name of parameter  Min   Minimum value of parameter  Max   Maximum value of parameter  Unit   Unit of parameter value  Given if available  Default   Value preset by factory  Cust   Customer s own settings  ID   ID number of the parameter  S    In parameter row  Use TTF method to program these parameters     On parameter number  Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency    converter has been stopped     3 4 1 Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1     The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and  measurements  Monitoring values cannot be edited  See the product s User s Manual for more  information                                                              Code Parameter Unit ID Description  V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor  V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency relerenge to  motor control  V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm  V1 4 Motor current A 3  V1 5 Motor torque   4 Calculated shaft torque  V1 6 Motor power   5__  Motor shaft power  V1 7 Motor voltage V 6  V1 8 DC link voltage V 7  V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature      Calculated motor  V1 10 Motor temperature  o 9 temperature  V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13   All  V1 12   Analogue input 2 mA 14   Al2  V1 13   DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15   Digital input statuses  V1 14   DIN4  DIN5  DIN6 16   Digital input statuses  V1 15 DO1  RO1  RO2 17 Digital and relay output  statuses  V1 16   Analogue lout mA 26   AO
33.   Unit   Defeat    A 1   14 1  10 00 s 1 00   1 0   1 0  1000   100  100 00   0 00                Unit Cust      100             Table 7 13  Output signals  Analogue output 2        113 209     6  0 Not used  1 Output freq   O   fmax   2 Freq  reference  O   fmax   3 Motor speed  O   Motor  nominal speed   4 Motor current   O   Inmotor   5 Motor torque   O   T motor   0 6 Motor power   O   Pnwmotor   7 Motor voltage   O   Unmotor   8 DC link volt  O   1000V   9 PID controller ref  value  10 PID contr  act value 1  11 PID contr  act value 2  12 PID contr  error value  13 PID controller output  0    7  14 PT100 temperature    4  3  308   O No filtering  O Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA  nf    375       472    See par  2 3 3 2  0 No filtering    473    474    1 Inverted  1 4 mA    475    476       477           114 209  Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell    Analogue output 3 483    Code Parameter Unit Cust ID  signal selection  p2 3 5 2   Analogue output 3 479   See par  2 3 3 2  function  p2 3 5 3   Analogue output 3 s 480   0 No filtering  filter time  Analogue output 3 0 Not inverted  P23 54 inversion Es a 1 Inverted  Analogue output 3 0 0 mA  P2 3 5 5 minim   o 482 1 4 mA    P2 3 5 6    scale    10  Analogue output 3   _     P2 3 5 7 offset 100 00  o    Table 7 14  Output signals  Analogue output 3                         Honeywell    7 5 5    Code  P2 4 1    P2 4 2       Drive control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 4     Parameter Min Max Unit    P2 4
34.   converter     With DC injection  the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time   without using an optional external braking resistor            Description of parameters       Honeywell 167 209     The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts  If the  frequency is   the nominal frequency of the motor  the set value of parameter ID508  determines the braking time  When the frequency is  lt 10  of the nominal  the braking  time is 10  of the set value of parameter ID508     ne Output frequency    x  Ne Motor speed  N   kS      x Output frequency       N Motor speed  DC braking ON 5  a    DC braking ON             a t  1 x Par  ID508  gt        t 0 1 x Par  ID508   gt                 NX12K21       Figure 8 43  DC braking time when Stop mode   Coasting   Par  ID506   1  Stop function   Ramp     After the Stop command  the speed of  the motor is reduced according to the  set deceleration parameters  as fast as  possible  to the speed defined with  parameter ID515  where the DC   braking starts     The braking time is defined with  parameter ID508  If high inertia exists   it is recommended to use an external  braking resistor for faster deceleration     See Figure 8 44    t  Par  D508    NX12K23    par  ID515                Figure 8 44  DC braking time when Stop mode    Ramp       168 209     509  510  511  512  513  514    515    516    Description of parameters Honeywell    Prohibit frequency area 1  Low limit 23457  2 
35.   motor manufacturers     If the motor s t6   time  t6 is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times  the rated current  is known  given by the motor manufacturer  the time constant  parameter can be set basing on it  As a rule of thumb  the motor thermal time constant in  minutes equals to 2xt6  If the drive is in stop stage the time constant is internally  increased to three times the set parameter value  The cooling in the stop stage is based  on convection and the time constant is increased  See also Figure 8 48     Motor thermal protection  Motor duty cycle 234567  2 7 12     Defines how much of the nominal motor load is applied   The value can be set to 0    100   See chapter 9 4        Honeywell    709    710          Description of parameters 179 209        A  Motor temperature         Trip area                    Motor j    current       l7    Fault warning  par  ID704    Ti       ime constant T re    Motor temperature       l l   x  1 e 1  Time   gt              Changes by motor size and  adjusted with parameter ID707 NX12k82       Figure 8 48  Motor temperature calculation    Stall protection 234567  2 7 13   0   No response  1   Warning    2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506  3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting    Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter   See chapter 9 5     Stall current limit 234567  2 7 14     The current can be set to 0 0   2 l4  Fora  stall s
36.   par  ID463  is connected     0 No supervision  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    Analogue input supervised value 7  2 3 2 15   The value of the selected analogue input to be supervised by parameter ID373     Analogue output offset 67  2 3 5 7  2 3 3 7   Add    100 0 to 100 0  to the analogue output     PID sum point reference  Place A direct reference  5  2 2 4     Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is  used    No additional reference  Direct PID output value    PID output   Al1 reference from terminals 2 and 3  e g  potentiometer    PID output   Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5  e g  transducer    PID output   PID keypad reference   PID output   Fieldbus reference  FBSpeedReference    PID output   Motor potentiometer reference   Fieldbus   PID output  ProcessDatalN3    Motor potentiometer   PID output   If value 7 is selected for this parameter  the values of parameters ID319 and ID301 are  automatically set to 13  See Figure 8 33     NOOB OD         PID Max limit    7    PID Min limit  7  7       Figure 8 33  PID sum point reference    Note  The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID  output  no other outputs        154 209     377    384    Description of parameters Honeywell    Al1 signal selection 234567  2 2 8  2 2 3  2 2 15  2 2 2 1     Connect the Al1 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter  For  more information about the TTF programming 
37.   thermistor fault 2 2 ise 2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  P2 7 22 Response to 3 2 733   See P2 7 21  fieldbus fault  P2 7 23 E e slot EE on 2 734   See P2 7 21  P2 7 24  No of PT100 inputs   0   3   0 ee  0 No response  Response to PT100 1 Warning  P27 25 fault E 2  20 2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  P2 7 26  PT100 warning limit 200 0 Ce 120 0  See  P2 7 27   PT100 fault limit 200 0 Ce 130 0 742  OE    Table 5 9  Protections  G2 7       Honeywell       PID Control Application    5 4 9 Autorestart parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 8     Parameter i i Default  10 00 0 50    Trialtime   0 00   60 00 30 00    Start function 0    Number of tries after  0  undervoltage trip  Number of tries after 0  overvoltage trip  Number of tries after    3 0  overcurrent trip  Number of tries after 10 0  4mA reference trip  Number of tries after    10 0  motor temp fault trip  Number of tries after    10 0  external fault trip  Number of tries after 10 0  underload fault trip    Table 5 10  Autorestart parameters  G2 8          5 4 10   Keypad control  Control keypad  Menu M3        Cust       ID  717  718    719    720    721    722    723    726    725    738          1 Flying start  2 According to par  2 4 6    The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below  See    the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual     Code Parameter Default  P3 1 Control place 1  R3 2 Keypad reference 
38.  0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the prohibit  frequency range limits     fout  Hz     Par  ID518   0 2    Par  ID510   ID512  ID514     Par  ID509 i Par  ID518   1 2   ID511  1D513     Time  s     NX12k81       Figure 8 46  Ramp speed scaling between prohibit frequencies    Flux braking current 234567  2 4 13     Defines the flux braking current value  The value setting range depends on the used  application     Flux brake 234567  2 4 12     Instead of DC braking  flux braking is a useful way to raise the braking capacity in cases  where additional brake resistors are not needed    When braking is needed  the frequency is reduced and the flux in the motor is increased   which in turn increases the motor s capability to brake  Unlike DC braking  the motor  speed remains controlled during braking     The flux braking can be set ON or OFF     0   Flux braking OFF  1   Flux braking ON    Note  Flux braking converts the energy into heat at the motor  and should be used  intermittently to avoid motor damage     Motor control mode 2 6  2 6 12     With this parameter you can set another motor control mode  Which mode is used is  determined with parameter ID164   For the selections  see parameter ID600        170 209     530  531    532    533    Description of parameters Honeywell    Inching reference 1 6  2 2 7 27   Inching reference 2 6  2 2 7 28     These inputs activate the inching reference if inching is enabled  The inputs also start  the drive if
39.  00 s 0 10 329   0 No filtering  p2 2 27   Motor potentiometer   94 2000 0   Hz s   10 0 331  ramp time  i O No reset  Motor potentiometer    1 Reset if stopped or  P2 2 28 er oe 1 367 powered down  y 2 Reset if powered down  Motor potentiometer 0 No reset  1 Reset if stopped or  P2 2 29 iit dee 0 370 powered down  2 Reset if powered down      0 N0 inversion  p2 2 33   uD reference 0 0 100 0 s 5 0 341    rising time             Honeywell    P2 2 34    P2 2 35    P2 2 36    P2 2 37    P2 2 38    P2 2 39    P2 2 40  P2 2 41  P2 2 42    P2 2 43    P2 2 44  P2 2 45  P2 2 46    P2 2 47    P2 2 48    P2 2 49       PID reference 100 0  falling time   Reference scaling   minimum value  place 320 00   B   Reference scaling   maximum value  320 00   place B  Al3 signal selection CE  Al3 signal range    Al3 inversion      Alsfiltertime   0 00   10 00      Al4 signal selection    Al4 signal range    Al4 inversion 1    Al4 filter time   0 00   10 00  Actual value special 30000  display minimum  Actual value special  display maximum Cil 30000  Actual value special 4  display decimals  Actual value special 0 28  display unit    Table 5 4  Input signals  G2 2    s  Hz    Hz       PID Control Application    5 0    0 00    0 00    0 1    0 10  0 1    0 10    100       e     s  psp  366 0 Keep reference  1 Copy actual reference  TTF programming method  used  See page 65      143   0 Signal range O   10V   1 Signal range 2   10V   151  finer    1 Inverted     142   O No filtering     152   TTF p
40.  12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6     eee     gt  13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  a             F           14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 seli sel2 sel3 sel 4  with DIN3     0 0 0 0 basic speed  2   ee ee i et ee  DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 1 0 0 0 speed 1      0 1 0 0 speed 2      l 16 DIN6 Multi step speed select 3 ane Fas  r7 TE 1 1 1 1 speed 15  i l 17 CMB Common for DIN4A   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V      c  18 AQ1  Output frequency Programmable    READY l         19 AO1  Analogue output Range 0   20 mA R   max  5009                    L                20 DO1 Digital output Programmable  READY Open collector  I lt 50mA  U lt 48 VDC    I OPT A3      21 RO1 Relay output 1   Programmable  RUN len Sail ROW  e RUN  ENEE T eee eee 23  RO       24 RO2 E Relay output 2   Programmable  220        4  F      25 RO2 FAULT  vac      H      26  RO2       sa 28 THA Thermistor input  T a EA  l CEPE N TENE E NE E E _  29 TI1 2 Thermistor input                   Note  See jumper selections below   More information in the product s  User s Manual        Table 4 1  Multi step speed control application default I O configuration     Jumper block X3   CMA and CMB grounding     oe    oe           CMB isolated from GND  ee CMA isolated from GND    CMB and CMA  internally connected together   isolated from GND    CMB connected to GND  CMA connected to GND          els      Factory default    Honeywell          Honeywell Multi step Speed Con
41.  15 00  17 50  20 00  22 50  25 00  27 50  30 00  32 50  35 00  40 00  45 00  50 00    Cust       ID  101    102    103  104  107    110    111    112    113    120       Note    NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the    motor synchronous speed   check suitability for motor  and drive system       Check the rating plate of  the motor   The default applies for a 4   pole motor and a nominal  size frequency converter     the motor   the motor    0 Al1    1 Al2    2 Keypad       121    122    124  105  106  126  127  128  129  130  133  134  135  136  137  138  139  140    3 Fieldbus  0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus    0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus       Multi step speed 1  Multi step speed 2    Multi step speed 3  Multi step speed 4  Multi step speed 5  Multi step speed 6  Multi step speed 7  Multi step speed 8  Multi step speed 9  Multi step speed 10  Multi step speed 11  Multi step speed 12  Multi step speed 13  Multi step speed 14  Multi step speed 15       40 209     4 4 3  Code    P2 2 3  P2 2 4    P2 2 5  P2 2 6    P2 2 7   P2 2 8   P2 2 9  P2 2 10    P2 2 11  P2 2 12    P2 2 13    P2 2 14    P2 2 15    P2 2 16    Start Stop logic       DIN3 function    Al1 signal selection    Al1 signal range  Al1 custom setting  minimum  Al1 custom setting  maximum  Al1 signal inversion    Alt signal filter time    Al2 signal selection    Al2 signal range  Al2 custom setting  minimum    Al2 custom setting  Al2 signal inversion  Al2 signal filter time    Reference scaling  minimum value    
42.  209        6 6 3 Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1   Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default   Cust  P2 1 1 Min frequency   0 00  Par  2 1 2  Hz 0 00  P2 1 2 Max frequency  Par  2 1 1  320 00 Hz 50 00  P2 1 3   Acceleration time 1 3000 0 S 3 0  P2 1 4   Deceleration time 1 3000 0 s 3 0  P2 1 5 Current limit A lL   Nominal voltage of NAE AOON  P2 1 6 ae ee 180 V   NX5  400V  NX6  690V  Nominal frequency  meg  Nominal freque 320 00   Hz   50 00  Nominal speed of  P2 1 8 ihe motor 20000   rpm 1440  Nominal current of  P2 1 10 Motor cos  0 85  P2 1 11 I O Reference 15 16 0     es       reference  Fieldbus control  p2 1 14   Jogging speed Par  2 1 2  Hz 5 00  reference  P2 1 15   Presetspeed1   0 00  Par  2 1 2  Hz 10 00  P2 1 16   Presetspeed2   0 00  Par 2 1 2  Hz 15 00  P2 1 17   Presetspeed3   0 00  Par  2 1 2  Hz 20 00  P2 1 18   Presetspeed4   0 00  Par  2 1 2  Hz 25 00  P2 1 19   Presetspeed5   0 00  Par  2 1 2  Hz 30 00  P2 1 20   Presetspeed6   0 00  Par  2 1 2  Hz 40 00  P2 1 21   Presetspeed7   0 00  Par 2 1 2  Hz 50 00       Multi purpose Control Application    Table 6 5  Basic parameters G2  1                         Honeywell    NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the  motor synchronous speed   check suitability for motor  and drive system    Check the rating plate of  the motor    The default applies for a 4   pole motor and a nominal  size frequency converter     the motor   the motor    0 Al1   1 Al2   2 Al1 Al2   3 Al1 Al2   4 Al2 Al1   5 Al1xAl2   6 Al1 Joyst
43.  3   Acceleration time 2 3000 0  P2 4 4   Decelerationtime2  0 1   3000 0    n    nn    B 7 fe    P2 4 6 Start function a    P2 4 7 Stop function    P2 4 8   DC braking current  0 00   b      po4g   DC braking time   0 00   600 00  at stop    P2 4 10    p2 4 11   DC braking time   0 00   600 00  at start    P2 4 13  Flux braking current   0 00   kL      P2 4 12     gt     no    Frequency to start  DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz  ramp stop    n     gt     Table 7 15  Drive control parameters  G2 4    7 9 6    P2 5 1  P2 5 2  P2 5 3  P2 5 4  P2 5 5  P2 5 6    P2 5 7       Code       0 1    0 0    10 0  10 0    O7xh      0 00    1 50       Pump and Fan Control Application    Default Cust    504    505    506    507    508    515    516    520  519           115 209      gt 0 S curve ramp time    gt 0 S curve ramp time  Po   isa ed   0 Disabled   1 Used when running   2 External brake chopper   3 Used when   stopped running  4 Used when running  no    0 Coasting   1 Ramp  2 Ramp Run enable  coast   3 Coast Run enable    0 DC brake is off at stop    0 DC brake is off at start    0 Off  1 On       Prohibit frequency parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 5       509 0 Not used  0 Not used  O Not used           Parameter  Prohibit frequency  range 1 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 1 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 high limit  Prohibit acc  dec   ra
44.  4   Start Mot pot UP  5   Fwd pulse Rev pulse  6   Start pulse Rev pulse    7     Startpulse   Enabl pulse  331  O No reset  367 1 Reset if stopped or  powered down  2 Reset if powered down  0 Not used  1 Al1  2 Al2  493   3 A13  4 Al4  5 Fieldbus  FBProcessDatalN3   494  495  ID Note  377   324   O No filtering  0 0   100    1 20   100    320   22  410V   410V   3  Custom range   321  322  Selects the frequency that  303   corresponds to the min   reference signal  Selects the frequency that  304   corresponds to the max   reference signal  384  385  386  165                                              Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See the product s User s Manual       74 209           Code Parameter Min Max ID  P2 2 3 1 AE signal es  388  selection  P2 2 3 2 Al2 filter time   0 00   10 00 329  P2 2 3 3 Al2 signal range po 3 325  p2 2 3 4  Al2 custom minimum  16500   160 00 326  setting  P2 2 3 5 Al2 custom   160 00   160 00 327  maximum setting  Al2 reference  P2 2 3 6 scaling  minimum 320 00 393  value        Al2 reference  P2 2 3 7   scaling  maximum 320 00 394  value  P2 2 3 8 Ale joystick   0 00    20 00 395  hysteresis  P2 2 3 9   Al2sleeplimit   0 00   100 00 396  P2 2 3 10   Al2sleepdelay   0 00   320 00 397  P2 2 3 11 Al2 joystick offset    100 00 100 00 166  Table 6 8  Analogue input 2 parameters  G2 2 3  6 6 4 4 Analogue input 3  Control keypad  Menu M2 2  G2 2 4   Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust ID  P2 2 4 1 AI3 signal 141  selection 
45.  6 6 5 2 Delayed digital output 2  Keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3 2   Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note  Digital output 2 Possible to invert with  Bae signal selection    Oi g 1ID1084  NXP onl  Digital output 2  P2 3 2 2 function 0 490   See par  2 3 1 2  P2 3 2 3 ka epee eon s 0 00 491   0 00   delay not in use  P2 3 2 4 AR ee eon s 0 00 492   0 00   delay not in use                   Table 6 14  Delayed digital output 2 parameters  G2 3 2                78 209     6 6 5 3    Code  P2 3 3 1  P2 3 3 2  P2 3 3 3  P2 3 3 4  P2 3 3 5  P2 3 3 6  P2 3 3 7    P2 3 3 8  P2 3 3 9  P2 3 3 10       P2 3 3 11    P2 3 3 12    P2 3 3 13  P2 3 3 14    P2 3 3 15  P2 3 3 16  P2 3 3 17  P2 3 3 18    P2 3 3 19  P2 3 3 20  P2 3 3 21    P2 3 3 22    P2 3 3 23    P2 3 3 24  P2 3 3 25  P2 3 3 26  P2 3 3 27  P2 3 3 28  NXP drives o  P2 3 3 29       Multi purpose Control Application    Parameter Min Default Cust ID  Read ES Se Sa EEE  Run Lo eS I T    Fault Le T e l T    Inverted fault Lo l o T T    Warning Lo l    T T  External fault  d 437  Reference fault warning O   01     438  Overtemperature 0 1 439  warning  Reverse LS Ee SS SSE  Unrequested direction 0 1 441  Jogging speed Les  0 1  i  443  Externalcontrolplace   0   01     444  External brake control   O   01     445  External brake control     0 1 446  inverted  1 supervision  2 supervision  supervision  supervision  Torque limit su roe        _ 451  Motor thermal 452  protection  supervision limit  Motor regulator 454  activatio
46.  7  Sel   0 Al1  terminals 2 3 Al1  terminals 2 3  1 Al2  terminals 4 5 Al2  terminals 4 5  2 PID ref  from menu M3  par  R34 Al3  Fieldbus ref   E  FBProcessDatalN1  Ala  4 Motor potentiometer reference PID ref  from menu M3  par  R34  5 Fieldbus ref   FBProcessDatalN1   6 Motor potentiometer reference          Table 8 11  Selections for parameter ID332    PID controller actual value selection 57  2 2 8  2 2 1 8   This parameter selects the PID controller actual value     0 Actual value 1   1 Actual value 1   Actual value 2   2 Actual value 1     Actual value 2   3 Actual value 1   Actual value 2   4 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2   5 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2   6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2   7 Square root of Actual value 1   Square root of Actual value 2  Actual value 1 selection 57  2 2 9  2 2 1 9   Actual value 2 selection 57  2 2 10  2 2 1 10   0 Not used   1 Alt  control board    2 Al2  control board    3 AIS   4 Al4   5 Fieldbus  Actual value 1  FBProcessDatalN2  Actual value 2  FBProcessDatalN3   Application 5    6 Motor torque   7 Motor speed   8 Motor current   9 Motor power   10 Encoder frequency  for Actual value 1 only    Actual value 1 minimum scale 57  2 2 11  2 2 1 11     Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1  See Figure 8 22     Actual value 1 maximum scale 57  2 2 12  2 2 1 12   Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1  See Figure 8 22     Actual value 2 minimum scale 57  2 2 
47.  9 4    P2 9 5    P2 9 6    P2 9 7    P2 9 8    P2 9 9    P2 9 10    P2 9 11    P2 9 12    P2 9 13    P2 9 14    P2 9 15    P2 9 16    P2 9 17    P2 9 18    P2 9 19  P2 9 20    P2 9 21    P2 9 22    P2 9 23    P2 9 24    P2 9 25  P2 9 26       Pump and Fan Control Application        119 209     Pump and fan control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 9     Parameter    Number of auxiliary    drives  Start frequency   auxiliary drive 1  Stop frequency   auxiliary drive 1  Start frequency   auxiliary drive 2  Stop frequency   auxiliary drive 2  Start frequency   auxiliary drive 3  Stop frequency   auxiliary drive 3  Start frequency   auxiliary drive 4  Stop frequency   auxiliary drive 4  Start delay   auxiliary drives  Stop delay   auxiliary drives  Reference step   auxiliary drive 1  Reference step   auxiliary drive 2  Reference step   auxiliary drive 3  Reference step   auxiliary drive 4  PID controller  bypass    Analogue input    selection for input    pressure  measurement    Input pressure  high limit  Input pressure  low limit    Output pressure drop    Frequency drop  delay    Frequency increase    delay    Interlock selection    Autochange    Autoch  and interl   automatics selection  Autochange interval          Min    0    Par     2 9 3    Par     2 1 1    Par     2 9 5    Par     2 1 1    Par     2 9 7    Par     2 1 1    Par     2 9 9    Par     2 1 1    0 0  0 0  0 0  0 0  0 0  0 0    0    0 0    0 0    0 0    0 0    0 0    0 0          Max Unit Default Cu
48.  A ee ne See Nae TACO POETS CR Re NT TRE Te en eRe i ee 6  1 3  Control signal logic in Basic APDlCAtiOn xz  vecsieaciad cdecnvenecede ced cdeeekaa bevaaeopeeddececeebee ede sandeneaeabeaeees 7  1 4 Basic Application     Parameter lists            cccssssccccccceeeeesensnnceeeeeeeceeessecenanaaaneeeesseseuensaaaseeeenees 8  2  Standard Applications isisisi ennhi io raan tee ee eee 11  251  Introduction ni ee Dead is ate Sasa pa a Deas aed a a E eek 11  Dee    OOOO eE E E E a R a RE AAEE OEE 12  2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application        2   ccccceeeseneeeeeeeeeeceenneeeeeeeeeeeeesseaeeeeeeeeteeeeaas 13  2 4 Standard Application     Parameter liStS xcs ze cads codes side ecececugacededeaesvcscndvcncd easdsstedsends  lt esieee 14  3  Local Remote Control Application              ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeneeeaeeeeeenneees 22  Ol   ARMOGUCHOM EEA stan E va Bee eect eee took eal caah ath a coet i aleve eer ccas cia  22  es OOM OL UO  EAE METER E AEE RRE eh 0 8 co A ech ads Acces Bas 23  3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application           cccccccecceeeseteteeeeeeeteseeenseeeeeeteeeeeeeees 24  3 4 Local Remote control application     Parameter liSts       2    cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeseseeseeeeeees 25  4  Multi step Speed Control Application           cccccccccsseeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeneeneesenseeeeees 35  Bd   ANMOGUCHONM en oe eMac bein ee toda eae odes eek a heen ltt hd 35  POV OV MIO RE tee sd tae 
49.  Closed loop speed ctrl  0 Not used  1 Automatic torque boost    0 Linear  1 Squared  2 Programmable  3 Linear with flux optim        n  xX Unmot    n  X Unmot  Parameter max  value    par  2 6 5    n  X Unmot    See Table 8 12 for exact  values   0 Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping   0 Not used  1 Used          P2 6 12    Load drooping       P2 6 13 Identification          Closed Loop parameter group 2    Magnetizing current   Speed control P gain   Speed control   time  Acceleration  compensation   Slip adjust  Magnetizing current           at start  P2 6 14 8 Magnetizing time at  start  P2 6 14 9  0 speed time at start         P2 6 14 10  0 speed time at stop    P2 6 14 11    Start up torque              P2 6 14 12  P2 6 14 13  P2 6 14 15    P2 6 14 17    Start up torque FWD  Start up torque REV  Encoder filter time  Current control  P gain                  Table 5 8  Motor control parameters  G2 6    0 00    ojo          300 0   300 0  0 0    0 00       300 0       1 2    300 00    60000       ms       300 0  100 0    100 00               0 00    0 0    100  100       40 00          631    626    628    615  616    621    633  634  618    617       O No action    1 Identification w o run  2 Identification with run    0 Not used   1 Torque memory  2 Torque reference  3 Start up torque fwd rev        60 209  PID Control Application Honeywell    5 4 8 Protections  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 7        Code Parameter x Unit Default Cust ID Note    Min Ma  0 N
50.  DO1 RO1  BRAKE  OFF i i DO1 RO1   ON i l RO2 ON i i RO2    DIN1  RUN FWD DIN1  START i  STOP PULSE A  l    DIN2  RUN REV    STOP t DIN2  STOP     gt  PULSE          NX12K45          Figure 8 24  External brake control   a  Start Stop logic selection  ID300   0  1 or 2  b  Start Stop logic selection  ID300  3       Honeywell    354    355    356    357  358           Description of parameters 147 209        Frequency converter temperature limit  supervision 34567  2 3 20  2 3 4 11  2 3 2 11     0   No supervision  1   Low limit supervision  2   High limit supervision    If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set limit   ID355   this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a  relay output RO1 or RO2   1  depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314  applications 3 4 5  or   2  depending on to which output the supervision signal  par  ID450  is connected   applications 6 and 7      Frequency converter temperature limit  value 34567  2 3 21  2 3 4 12  2 3 2 12     This temperature value is supervised by parameter ID354     Analogue supervision signal 6  2 3 4  13   With this parameter you can select the analogue input to be monitored     0   Not used   1 Al    2 Al2   3 AI3   4   Al4   Analogue supervision low limit 6  2 3 4 14   Analogue supervision high limit 6  2 3 4 15     These parameters set the low and high limits of the signal selected with par  ID356  See  Figure 8 25     Analogue input  sel
51.  External brake On  oo 100 0  dela    Frequency converter  temperature limit  supervision  Frequency converter  temperature limit  10  value  Pages    signal selection  e   ied  function  era  ome  filter time  mefe  inversion    2    Analogue output 2  minimum    Analogue output 2    scaling 19    Table 3 5  Output signals  G2 3       Local Remote Control Application          348    349    350    351    352    353    354    355    471    472    473    474    475    476       Honeywell    0 No  1 Low limit  2 High limit    0 No  1 Low limit  2 High limit    0 No    1 Low limit  2 High limit    TTF programming method  used  See page 65    As parameter 2 3 2   O No filtering   0 Not inverted   1 Inverted   0 0 mA   1 4 mA       3 4 5    P2 4 1    P2 4 2    P2 4 6    P2 4 7    P2 4 9    P2 4 10    P2 4 11       Honeywell    Code    P2 4 3  P2 4 4    P2 4 8    P2 4 12  P2 4 13          Local Remote Control Application       Drive control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 4     Parameter Min Max Unit    Ramp 2 shape S    Acceleration time 2 3000 0  Deceleration time 2 3000 0     7 ele    _ ae    DC braking current  0 00   lk      DC braking time 0 00   600 00    at stop  w   he    Frequency to start  DC braking during    ramp stop  Flux braking current  0 00   tk      nn     gt     n    DC braking time  at start    n     gt     Table 3 6  Drive control parameters  G2 4    3 4 6                 P2 5 2       P2 5 3       P2 5 4       P2 5 5       P2 5 6             0 1    
52.  Fieldbus min scale  Fieldbus max scale  Fieldbus data out 1  selection  Fieldbus data out 2  selection  Fieldbus data out 3  selection  Fieldbus data out 4  selection  Fieldbus data out 5  selection  Fieldbus data out 6  selection  Fieldbus data out 7  selection  Fieldbus data out 8  selection  NXP drives only  Fieldbus data in 1  selection  Fieldbus data in 2  selection  Fieldbus data in 3  selection  Fieldbus data in 4  selection  Fieldbus data in 5  selection  Fieldbus data in 6  selection  Fieldbus data in 7  selection  Fieldbus data in 8  selection                             Table 6 31  Fieldbus parameters          Multi purpose Control Application    Max  320 00  320 00    10000  10000  10000  10000  10000  10000  10000    10000    10000  10000  10000  10000  10000  10000  10000    10000          Unit  Hz  Hz    Default    0 00       Fieldbus parameters  Control Keypad  Menu M2  gt G2 9     Cust  0 00    1  2    45    37    1140  46  47    48          ID  850  851    852    853    854    855    856    857    858    859    876    877    878    879    880    881    882    883       O      with parameter ID   with parameter ID   with parameter ID   with parameter ID   with parameter ID   with parameter ID   with parameter ID    Choose controlled data    with parameter ID    Choose controlled data  with parameter ID  with parameter ID  Choose controlled data  with parameter ID  Choose controlled data  with parameter ID  with parameter ID  Choose controlled data  with para
53.  ID349       e 3                   Brake off  Brake on       Run state    ON   No Run request                           DELAY   COUNT          Reversing    No run WMG       No brake on control 0 2  1D315   tt 3   AND                      Brake on ctrl  2 limits 3                OR                        No brake on control 0 3  ID346   ooo N A NA      Brake on off crtl  1 limit   4           04 U09 uo   ye1g    ID316 7  ID347      Output frequency   lt                       NX12k114 fh8       Figure 9 2  Brake control logic    When using the Master Follower function  the follower drive will open the brake at the same time  with the Master even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not been met        208 209  Appendices Honeywell    9 2 Closed loop parameters  ID   s 612 to 621     Select the Closed loop control mode by setting value 3 or 4 for parameter ID600    Closed loop control mode  see page 171  is used when enhanced performance near zero speed  and better static soeed accuracy with higher speeds are needed  Closed loop control mode is based  on  rotor flux oriented current vector control   With this controlling principle  the phase currents are  divided into a torque producing current portion and a magnetizing current portion  Thus  the squirrel  cage induction machine can be controlled in a fashion of a separately excited DC motor     Note  These parameters can be used with NXP drive only     EXAMPLE   Motor Control Mode   3  Closed loop speed control  
54.  NOTE  This parameter will not work unless you have OPT A3 or OPT B2  thermistor  relay board  connected     454 Motor regulator activation 67  2 3 3 23  2 3 1 23   Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator has been activated     455 Fieldbus input data 1  FBFixedControlWord  bit 3  67  2 3 3 24  2 3 1 24   456 Fieldbus input data 2  FBFixedControlWord  bit 4  67  2 3 3 25  2 3 1 25   457 Fieldbus input data 3  FBFixedControlWord  bit 5  67  2 3 3 26  2 3 1 26     The data from the fieldbus  FBFixedControlWord  can be led to frequency converter  digital outputs   458 Autochange 1 Auxiliary drive 1 control 7  2 3 1 27   Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1   Default programming  B 1  459 Autochange 2 Auxiliary drive 2 control 7  2 3 1 28     Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2   Default programming  B 2        162 209  Description of parameters Honeywell    460 Autochange 3 Auxiliary drive 3 control 7  2 3 1 29     Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 3  If three  or more  auxiliary drives are  used  we recommend to connect nr 3  too  to a relay output  Since the OPT A3 board  only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra  relay outputs  e g  OPT B5     461 Autochange 4 Auxiliary drive 4 control 7  2 3 1 30     Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4  If three  or more  auxiliary drives are  used  we recommend to connect nr 3 and 4  too  to a relay output  Since the OPT A3  board only has two relay ou
55.  Not used   1 Al1   2 Al2   3 Al3   4 Al4   5 Al1 joystick   6 Al2 joystick   7 Torque reference from  keypad  R3 5   8 Fieldbus torque ref     0 Max  frequency  1 Selected frequency ref   2 Preset speed 7    0 CL speed control  1 Pos neg freq limits  2 RampOut        3 NegFreqLimit RampOut  4 RampOut PosFreqLimit  5 RampOut Window  6 0 RampOut   7 RampOut Window On Off       6 6 14    P2 11 1    P2 11 2    P2 11 3    P2 11 4    P2 11 7       Honeywell    Code    P2 11 5    P2 11 6          Multi purpose Control Application       NXP drives  Master Follower parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 11     Parameter    Master Follower  mode    Follower stop  function    Follower speed  reference select    Follower torque  reference select    Speed share    Load share    Master Follower  mode 2       Min Max Unit     300 00 300 00      Table 6 33  Master Follower parameters  G2 5       Default    100 00    100 0          1089    1081    1083    1283    1248    1093       Note  0 Single drive  1 Master drive  2 Follower drive  3 Current master  4 Current follower  0 Coasting  1 Ramping  2 As Master  0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Al1 Al2  3 Al1 Al2  4 Al2 Al1  5 Al1xAl2  6 Al1 Joystick  7 Al2 Joystick  8 Keypad  9 Fieldbus  10 Motor potentiometer  11 Al1  Al2 minimum  12 Al1  Al2 maximum  13 Max frequency  14 Al1 Al2 selection  15 Encoder 1  16 Encoder 2  17 Master Reference  18 Master Ramp Out  0 Not used  1 Al1  2 Al2  3 Al3  4 Al4  5 Al1 joystick  6 Al2 joystick  7 Torque reference from  
56.  P2   gt   SLEEP   gt   P1  gt  P2  gt  P3  gt  P4     2 Stop  amp  Update    Interlockings are used  The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start  with a new set up    Example    P1  gt  P2  gt  P4   gt   P3 LOCKED   gt   STOP   gt   P1  gt  P2  gt  P3  gt  P4     See Chapter 7 4 3  Examples        102 209  Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell  yW    7 4 3 Examples    Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and no autochange    Situation  One controlled drive and three auxiliary drives   Parameter settings  2 9 1 3  2 9 25 0  Interlock feedback signals used  autochange not used   Parameter settings  2 9 23 1  2 9 24 0  The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with parameters  2 2 6 18 to 2 2 6 21   The Auxiliary drive 1 control  par  2 3 1 27  is enabled through Interlock 1  par  2 2 6 18    the Auxiliary drive 2 control  par  2 3 1 28  through Interlock 2  par  2 2 6 19  etc     Phases  1  The system and the motor controlled by the frequency converter are started    2  The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set   par  2 9 2     3  The main drive decreases speed down to Auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency   par  2 9 3  and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2   if needed    4  The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting frequency  set  par  2 9 4     5  The Interlock feedback is removed from Aux  drive 2  Because the Aux  drive 3 is 
57.  P2 2 4 2 AI3 filter time 10 00 S 142  P2 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 3 143  p2 2 4 4  Als custom minimum  46599   160 00     144  setting  P2 2 4 5 AlS custom   460 00   160 00     145  maximum setting  P2 2 4 6   Al3 signal inversion o 1 151       Multi purpose Control Application             Table 6 9  Analogue input 3 parameters  G2 2 4                                                                         Honeywell    Note    0 No filtering  0 0   100    1 20   100     2   10V    10V   3  Custom range     Selects the frequency that  corresponds to the min   reference signal   Selects the frequency that  corresponds to the max   reference signal       Note    0 No filtering  0 0   100   1 20   100    2   10V    10V  3 Custom range    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted         Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See the product s User s Manual           Honeywell             Code Parameter Max   P2 2 5 1 Al   signal   selection  P2 2 5 2 Al4 filter time 10 00  P2 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 3   Al4 custom minimum  P2 2 5 4 setting  160 00 160 00  P2 2 5 5 Al4 custom   469 00   160 00  maximum setting   P2 2 5 6   Al4 signal inversion o 1       Table 6 10  Analogue input 4 parameters  G2 2 5    6 6 4 6    Code    P2 2 6 1    P2 2 6 2    P2 2 6 3    P2 2 6 4    P2 2 6 5  NXP drives only    P2 2 6 6    P2 2 6 7    P2 2 6 8                Parameter Min Max  Scaling of current 0 5  limit  Scaling of DC braking 0 5  current  Reducing of acc  dec  0 5  times  Reducing of torque 0 
58.  P2 7 20    P2 7 21    P2 7 22    P2 7 23       Code    P2 7 7    P2 7 12    P2 7 14  P2 7 15    P2 7 19          Protections  Control        Menu M2  gt  G2 7        Parameter ax Unit    Response to 4mA  reference fault    4mA reference fault Se  frequenc  external fault  supervision  undervoltage fault  supervision  Earth fault protection  Oo    3        Thermal protection EEN ERE  of the motor  temperature factor  Motor cooling factor EAEI  at zero speed  Motor thermal HRR  constant    Motor duty cycle EREI    Stall current   0 00   2x   A    Stall time limit 120 00    nuh Par     Field weakening    area load   150    Zero frequenc AREA 150 0 ka  Underload 2 A    protection time limit  Response to 3  thermistor fault  Response to 3  fieldbus fault  Response to slot 3  fault    Table 3 9  Protections  G2 7    Default    0 00    2  0 0  40 0    Varies  100    lH  15 00    25 0    50  10 0  20       Local Remote Control Application       Cust       700    728    701    730    727    702  703  704    705    706    707    708    709    710  711    712    713    714    715    716    732    733    734       Note  0 No response  1 Warning  2 Warning Previous Freq     3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2  4 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  5 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  0 Fault stored in history  1 Fault not stored       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1
59.  Set here the response mode for a board slot fault due to missing or broken board     See parameter ID732     Automatic restart  Number of tries after underload fault trip  2 8 10   This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial  time set by parameter ID718     0   No automatic restart after Underload fault trip   gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after Underload fault trip       Honeywell    739    740    741    742    750    751           Description of parameters 185 209        Number of PT100 inputs in use 567  2 7 24     If you have a PT100 input board installed in your frequency converter you can choose  here the number of PT 100 inputs in use  See also the I O boards manual    Note  If the selected value is greater than the actual number of used PT 100 inputs  the  display will read 200  C  If the input is short circuited the displayed value is    30  C   Response to PT100 fault 567  2 7 25     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506   3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting   PT100 warning limit 567  2 7 26     Set here the limit at which the PT100 warning will be activated     PT100 fault limit 567  2 7 27   Set here the limit at which the PT100 fault  F56  will be activated     Cooling monitor 6  2 2 7 23    When using a water cooled drive  connect this input to the Cooling OK signal from flow  control application  The parameter is available for NXP drives only    Cooling fau
60.  The pulse train is OFF when the input switch acknowledgement  goes high  The parameter is available for NXP drives only     Inching reference 1 6  2 4 16    Inching reference 2 6  2 4 17    These parameters define the frequency reference when inching is activated   The parameter is available for NXP drives only    Speed share 6  2 11 5    Defines the percentage for final speed reference from received speed reference     Torque reference filtering time6  2 10 10     Load share 6  2 11 6   Defines the percentage for final torque reference from received torque reference        200 209     1250    1252    1253    1276    1278    1285    1286    1287    1288    1289    1290    Description of parameters Honeywell    Flux reference 6  2 6 27 32     Defines how much magnetization current will be used     Speed step 6  2 6 19 23  2 6 29 24   NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the speed controller     Torque step 6  2 6 19 24  2 6 29 25   NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the torque controller     Emergency stop mode 6  2 4 21     Defines the action after the IO emergency input goes low  The parameter is available for  NXP drives only     0 Coasting stop  1 Ramping stop    Torque speed limit  Closed Loop 6  2 10 6   With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected     Closed Loop speed control   Positive and negative frequency limit   Ramp generator output         Negative frequency limit     Ramp generator output  Ramp generator output     Positive 
61.  U _ signal takes place    Note  In application 3  Al1 is place B  frequency reference if parameter ID131  0   default      If this parameter   1 inversion of analogue  signal takes place    max  Al1 signal   minimum set speed   min  Al1 signal   maximum set speed    A  Output  frequency    ID320   0  Al1   0   100     ID320   1  Al1   custom                100   NX12K71    Figure 8 18  Al  no signal inversion    A  Output    frequency    i    f   I   l  ID320 0    Alt   0   100    i    I   I   i    I   I    ID320   1  Al1   custom    All      termin  2    gt           I  2 100   NX12K73    Figure 8 19  Al1 signal inversion    All signal filter time 34567  2 2 8  2 2 20  2 2 2 2     When this parameter is given a value  greater than 0 the function that filters out  disturbances from the incoming analogue  signal is activated     Long filtering time makes the regulation  response slower  See Figure 8 20     Unfiltered signal    Filtered signal             NX12K74       Figure 8 20  Al1 signal filtering       141  209        325    326  327    328    329    330    331    142 209     Description of parameters    Honeywell                                                    Analogue input Al2 signal range 34567  2 2 10  2 2 22  2 2 3 3   Applic  3 4 5 6 7  Sel   0 0   20mMA 0   20mMA 0   100  0   100   1 4   20mMA 4mA 20   100  20   100  20   100   2 Customised Customised  10   4 10V Customised  3 Customised  Table 8 10  Selections for parameter ID325  A Output  frequency  ID304  
62.  Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       O No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       O No response  1 Warning    2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       See P2 7 21    See P2 7 21       34 209  Local Remote Control Application Honeywell  yW    3 4 9 Autorestart parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 8     Parameter i i Default Cust ID  10 00 0 50 717    Trialtime   0 00   60 00 30 00 718    Start function 0 719   1 Flying start    es ee 2 According to par  2 4 6  Number of tries after 0 720  undervoltage trip es es  Number of tries after ARA 0 721  overvoltage trip ESS  Number of tries after oe ee 0 722  overcurrent trip N  Number of tries after 10 0 723  4mA reference trip      Number of tries after 10 0 726  motor temp fault trip pie ae O    Number of tries after 10 0 725  external fault trip Po    Number of tries after  underload fault trip ofw  Q R    Table 3 10  Autorestart parameters  G2 8                3 4 10 Keypad control  Control keypad  Menu M3     The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below  See  the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual     Parameter Unit Default Cust  Control place 1 125   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  K Par  Par   x aa  premene 0          0 Limited function of Stop  button  Stop button l 1 Stop button always  enabled    Table 3 11  Keypad control parameters  M3                   3 4 11   System 
63.  activated and if there is no Run Request command from anywhere else   The parameter is available for NXP drives only     Enable inching 6  2 2 7 26     If you are using the inching function the input value must be TRUE set by a digital signal  or by setting the value of the parameter to 0 2  The parameter is available for NXP drives  only     Inching ramp 6  2 4 18     This parameter defines the acceleration and deceleration times when inching is active   The parameter is available for NXP drives only        Honeywell    600    601    602              Description of parameters 171 209   Motor control mode 234567  2 6 1   NXS   0 Frequency control  The I O terminal and keypad references are frequency ref     erences and the frequency converter controls the output  frequency  output frequency resolution   0 01 Hz     1 Speed control  The I O terminal and keypad references are speed refer   ences and the frequency converter controls the motor  speed compensating the motor slip  accuracy   0 5       2 Torque control  Multi Purpose Control application only  In torque  control mode  the references are used to control the motor  torque     The following selections are available for NXP drives in applications 2  3  4  5 and 7   Selections 5 and 6 are not available in application 6  Multipurpose Control Application      3 Speed crtl  closed loop  The I O terminal and keypad references are speed refer   ences and the frequency converter controls the motor  speed very accurately compar
64.  ae  gt 0 S curve ramp time  0 Linear   30l  gt 0 S curve ramp time    502   o  ee    0 Disabled  1 Used when running  2 External brake chopper  504   3 Used when stopped   running  4 Used when running  no    0 Ramp  0 Coasting  1 Ramp  2 Ramp Run enable coast    3 Coast Run enable ramp  so7 fo    508   0 DC brake is off at stop    516   0 DC brake is off at start    0 Off  520   1 0n    519 S    506       Prohibit frequency parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 5     0 Not used  510   O Not used  0 Not used    512    O Not used  O Not used    514   O Not used    513       Honeywell       5 4 7  Code       Parameter    Motor control mode    U f optimisation    U f ratio selection       Field weakening  point           Voltage at field  weakening point  U f curve midpoint  frequenc       U f curve midpoint  voltage       Output voltage at  zero frequency       N  D  ce     Switching frequency    Overvoltage  controller    Undervoltage    P2 6 11  controller       Min    8 00  10 00    0 00    0 00    0 00    1 0    P2 6 4       Max    1 3    320 00    200 00    par        100 00    40 00    Varies    Unit    Hz         Hz              kHz    PID Control Application    Default    50 00  100 00    50 00    100 00    Varies    Varies    Cust    Motor control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6     ID    600    109    108    602    603    605    606    601    607    608                 Note  0 Frequency control  1 Speed control  Additionally for NXP   2 Not used  3
65.  after fault always by coasting   A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal   in the programmable digital inputs DIN3  The information can also be programmed into  digital output DO1 and into relay outputs RO1 and RO2     Output phase supervision 234567  2 7 6     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506   3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting   Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an  approximately equal current     Earth fault protection 234567  2 7 7   0   No response  1   Warning    2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506   3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting   Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero  The  overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter from earth  faults with high currents     Motor thermal protection 234567  2 7 8     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506  3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting    If tripping is selected the drive will stop and activate the fault stage   Deactivating the protection  i e  setting parameter to 0  will reset the thermal stage of  the motor to 0   See chapter 9 4     Motor thermal protection  Motor ambient temp   factor 234567  2 7 9     The factor can be set between  100 0    100 0   See chapter 9 4        178 209     706    707    708 
66.  been met     External brake control  inverted 67  2 3 3 15  2 3 1 15     External brake ON OFF control  Output active when brake control is OFF  Used in appli   cations where the mechanical brake is in duty when voltage is not applied to the brake  coil          Description of parameters 161 209        Honeywell    When using the Master Follower function  the follower drive will open the brake at the  same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have  not been met    447 Output frequency limit 1 supervision 67  2 3 3  16  2 3 1  16   The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit  see  parameters ID315 and ID316     448 Output frequency limit 2 supervision 67  23 347  2 3442   The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit  see  parameters ID346 and ID347    449 Reference limit supervision 67  2 3 3 18  2 3 1 18   Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit  see parameters  ID350 and ID351     450 Temperature limit supervision 67  2 3 3 19  2 3 1 19     Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits  see  parameters ID354 and ID355      451 Torque limit supervision 67  2 3 3 20  2 3 1 20   The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision limits  see parameters ID348 and  ID349     452 Motor thermal protection 67  2 3 3 21  2 3 1 21     Motor thermistor initiates a overtemperature signal which can be led to a digital output    
67.  contact   forward  See Figure 8 31     A  Output Stop function  frequency  ID506      coasting       NX12K10       Figure 8 31  Start  Stop  Reverse    2 DIN4  closed contact   start open contact   stop  DIN5  closed contact   start enabled open contact   start disabled and drive stopped  if running       Honeywell    364  365           Description of parameters 151 209     3 3 wire connection  pulse control    DIN4  closed contact   start pulse  DIN5  open contact   stop pulse   DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command   See Figure 8 32     A    Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are  frequency  ID506  simultaneous the Stop pulse    coasting overrides the Start pulse    a             Figure 8 32  Start pulse  Stop pulse     The selections 4 to 6 shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start  when  for example  power is connected  re connected after a power failure  after a fault  reset  after the drive is stopped by Run Enable  Run Enable   False  or when the control  place is changed  The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be  started     4 DIN4  closed contact   start forward  Rising edge required to start   DIN5  closed contact   start reverse  Rising edge required to start     5 DIN4  closed contact   start  Rising edge required to start   open contact   stop  DIN5  closed contact   reverse  open contact   forward    6 DIN4  closed contact   start  Rising edge required to start   open contact   stop  DIN5  closed con
68.  enough current at zero speed  Set then the midpoint voltage  ID605  to  1 4142 ID606 and midpoint frequency  ID604  to value ID606 100  ID111     NOTE  In high torque     low speed applications     it is likely that the motor will  overheat  If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these condi   tions  special attention must be paid to cooling the motor  Use external  cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high    Nominal voltage of the motor  2 6  2 1 6    Find this value U  on the rating plate of the motor  This parameter sets the voltage at the   field weakening point  ID603  to 100    Unmotor  Note also used connection Delta Star    Nominal frequency of the motor  2 7  2 1 7    Find this value f  on the rating plate of the motor  This parameter sets the field   weakening point  ID602  to the same value    Nominal speed of the motor  2 8  2 1 8    Find this value n  on the rating plate of the motor     Nominal current of the motor  2 9  2 1 9   Find this value    on the rating plate of the motor        124 209     117    118    119    120    Description of parameters Honeywell    I O frequency reference selection 12346  2 14  2 1 11     Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the I O  control place                                         Applic  1to4 6  Sel    0 Analogue volt ref  Analogue volt  ref   Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3   1 Analogue curr ref  Analogue curr ref   Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5   2 Keypad ref
69.  freq  1D101 me in freq  D101 mae  l  gt    A    0 10                NX12K13       Figure 8 10  Left  Reference scaling  Right  No scaling used  par  ID303   0         Honeywell    305    306    307    Reference inversion 2    Inverts reference signal   Max  ref  signal   Min  set freq   Min  ref  signal   Max  set freq     0 No inversion  1 Reference inverted    Reference filter time 2    Filters out disturbances from the  incoming analogue Un signal    Long filtering time makes regulation  response slower     Analogue output function    Description of parameters        135 209      2 2 6     A  Output  frequency    T Max freq  ID102      1 Analogue  F Min freq  1D101   input   gt           i   0 max     NX12K14       Figure 8 11  Reference invert      2 2 7     Unfiltered signal    Filtered signal       t  s    gt        NX12K15       Figure 8 12  Reference filtering     2 16  2 3 2  2 3 5 2  2 3 3 2     This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output signal   See pages 9  17  29  42  56  80 and 113 for the parameter values available in the    respective application        136 209     308    309    310    Description of parameters Honeywell    Analogue output filter time 234567  2 3 3  2 3 5 3  2 3 3 3     Defines the filtering time of the analogue  output signal    Setting this parameter value 0 will Unfiltered signal  deactivate filtering           t  s    gt     NX12K16       Figure 8 13  Analogue output filtering    Analogue output inversion 234567  
70.  ground Ground for reference and controls  8 DIN1 Start Stop Contact closed   start  Control place A  PID  controller   9 DIN2 External fault input Contact closed   fault   programmable  Contact open   no fault  10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed   fault reset   programmable   11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V  12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6   13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed   Start   Direct frequency reference   15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed   Jogging speed active   programmable   16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open   Control place A is active  Contact closed   Control place B is active  17 CMB Common for DIN4A   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V  18 AO1  Output frequency Programmable  19 AO1  Analogue output Range 0   20 mA R   max  5002  20 DO1 Digital output Programmable  READY Open collector  Is50mA  U lt 48 VDC  OPT A3  21 RO1 i Relay output 1   Programmable  22 RO1 RUN  23  RO       24 RO2 A Relay output 2   Programmable  25 RO2 FAULT  26   RO2       28 T11   1 Thermistor input  29 TI1 2 Thermistor input                Table 5 1  PID application default I O configuration  with 2 wire transmitter      Note  See jumper selections below   More information in the product s  user s manual        Jumper block X3   CMA and CMB grounding    ee  ee       CMB isolated from GND  ee CMA isolated from GND    CMB and CMA  internally connect
71.  keypad  R3 5  8 FB Torque Reference  9 Master Torque  Active also in Single  mode  Active also in Single  mode  0 Single drive  1 Master drive  2 Follower drive  3 Current master  4 Current follower       94 209  Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell  yw    6 6 15 Keypad control  Control keypad  Menu M3     The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below  See  the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual     Parameter Max Unit Default Cust    Control place e 3 1      Keypad reference   pad reference E 2 1 1   Par  2 1 2 Hz    0 PC Control  1 1 O terminal  2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus       Saas   peat   on 0 Forward  0 Limited function of Stop  button  1 Stop button always  enabled     peat  pad    Stop button fa 1 1      Torque reference   0 0   100 0   0 0  Table 6 34  Keypad control parameters  M3                      6 6 16   System menu  Control keypad  Menu M6     For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as  application and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware  and software  see the product s user s manual     6 6 17   Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s user s manual           Pump and Fan Control Application       Honeywell    7  PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION   S
72.  reset    External fault  close     External fault  open       Acc Dec time selection    Acc Dec prohibit    DC braking    Jogging speed  Al1 Al2 selection    Control from I O terminal  Control from keypad    Control from fieldbus    Parameter set 1 set 2  selection    Motor control mode 1 2    only    Cooling monitor    External brake  acknowledge    Prevention of startup    Enable inching    Inching reference 1  Inching reference 2    Reset encoder counter    Emergency stop    Master Follower mode 2  Input switch          acknowledgement    Preset speed 1    Preset speed 3    oO  oO  O O  Oo S    o jojoj o                            ID  403  404  407    412    419  420  421    417    418    414  405  406    408    415  416    413  422  409    410    411    496    164    750  1210    1420  532    530    531    1090    1213  1092    1209    Honeywell    Note    Motor start enabled  cc   Direction forward  oc   Direction reverse  cc    See preset speeds in Basic  Parameters  G2 1     Mot pot  reference decreases    Q  O    Mot pot  reference increases   cc    All faults reset  cc   Ext  fault displayed  cc  Ext  fault displayed  oc  Acc Dec time 1  oc   Acc Dec time 2  cc   Acc Dec prohibited  cc   DC braking active  cc  Jogging speed selected for  frequency reference  cc     Force control place to I O  terminal  cc   Force control place to  keypad  cc   Force control place to  fieldbus  cc   Closed cont  Set 2 is used  Open cont  Set 1 is used  Closed cont  Mode 2 is used    
73.  response  1 Warning  2 Warning Previous Freq   3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2  4 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  5 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  0 Fault stored in history  1 Fault not stored    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting    See P2 7 21    See P2 7 21    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       118 209  Pump and Fan Control Application    7 5 9 Autorestart parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 8        Parameter Max  10 00  60 00    Start function 2  Number of tries after    10  undervoltage trip  Number of tries after 10  overvoltage trip  Number of tries after 3  overcurrent trip    Number of tries after    4mA reference trip 10  Number of tries after  motor temperature 10    fault trip    Number of tries after    10  external fault trip  Number of tries after  underload fault trip                Table 7 19  Autorestart parameters  G2 8             720       721       722       723       726       725       738             Honeywell    Note    0 Ramp  1 Flying start  2 According to par  2 4 6          Honeywell    7 5 10    Code  P2 9 1       P2 9 2    P2 9 3    P2
74.  scaling    Figure 8 15  Analogue output scaling       Digital output function 23456  2 3 7  2 3 1 2   Relay output 1 function 2345  2 3 8  2 3 1 3   Relay output 2 function 2345  2 3 9   Setting value Signal content  0   Not used Out of operation  Digital output DO1 sinks the current and  programmable relay  RO1  RO2  is activated when   1   Ready The frequency converter is ready to operate  2   Run The frequency converter operates  motor is running   3   Fault A fault trip has occurred    4   Fault inverted   5   Overheat warning   6   External fault or warning   7   Reference fault or warning  8   Warning   9   Reversed    10   Preset speed 1  Applications 2   10   Jogging speed  Applications 3456     11   At speed    12   Motor regulator activated    13   Output frequency limit supervision    14   Control from I O terminals  Appl  2   14   Output freq limit 2 supervision   Applications 3456        A fault trip not occurred  The heat sink temperature exceeds  70  C    Fault or warning depending on par  ID701   Fault or warning depending on par  ID700     if analogue reference is 4   20 mA and signal is  lt 4mA  Always if a warning exists    The reverse command has been selected    The preset speed has been selected with digital input  The jogging speed has been selected with digital  input   The output frequency has reached the set reference    Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated    The output frequency goes outside the set  supervision low limit high limit 
75.  see parameter ID s  315 and 316 below    I O control mode selected  in menu M3    The output frequency goes outside the set  supervision low limit high limit  see parameter ID s  346 and 347 below              315    138 209     15   Thermistor fault or warning  Appl 2     15   Torque limit supervision  Appl 3456     16   Fieldbus input data  Application 2   16   Reference limit supervision    17   External brake control  Appl  3456     18   Control from I O terminals  Appl   3456     19   Frequency converter temperature  limit supervision  Appl  3456     20   Unrequested rotation direction  Appl     345   20   Reference inverted  Appl  6     21   External brake control inverted  Appl     3456     22   Thermistor fault or warning   Appl 3456     23   Fieldbus input data  Application 5    23   Analogue input supervision   Application 6    24   Fieldbus input data 1  Application 6     25   Fieldbus input data 2  Application 6     26   Fieldbus input data 3  Application 6     Description of parameters       Honeywell    The thermistor input of option board indicates  overtemperature  Fault or warning depending on par  ID732    The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision  low limit high limit  par  ID348 and ID349     Fieldbus input data  FBFixedControlWord  to DO RO   Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low  limit high limit  par  ID350 and 1ID351    External brake ON OFF control with programmable  delay  par  ID352 and ID353     External control mode  Menu M3
76.  the value of parameter 2 9 28 is 0 0 Hz  the autochange can take place only in rest  position  Stop and Sleep  regardless of the value of parameter 2 9 27        Honeywell            Pump and Fan Control Application 101 209        7 4 2 Interlock selection  P2 9 23     This parameter is used to activate the interlock inputs  The interlocking signals come from the motor  switches  The signals  functions  are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as interlock  inputs using the corresponding parameters  The pump and fan control automatics only control the  motors with active interlock data     The interlock data can be used even when the Autochange function is not activated    If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is inactivated and another unused auxiliary drive  available  the latter will be put to use without stopping the frequency converter     If the interlock of the controlled drive is inactivated  all motors will be stopped and re   started with the new set up     If the interlock is re activated in Run status  the automatics functions according to  parameter 2 9 23  Interlock selection     0 Not used  1 Update in stop    Interlocks are used  The new drive will be placed last in the autochange line without  stopping the system  However  if the autochange order now becomes  for example    P1  gt  P3  gt  P4  gt  P2   it will be updated in the next Stop  autochange  sleep  stop   etc      Example    P1  gt  P3  gt  P4   gt   P2 LOCKED  3 P1  gt  P3  gt  P4  gt 
77.  torque   V1 6 _  Motor power   5_  Motor shaft power   V1 7 _  Motor voltage V 6   V1 8   DC link voltage V 7   V1 9   Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature   V1 10   Motor temperature   9 Paara mpor  temperature   V1 11   Voltage input V 13   Al   V1 12   Current input mA 14   Al2   V1 13   DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15   Digital input statuses   V1 14   DIN4  DIN5  DING 16   Digital input statuses  Digital and relay output   V1 15   DO1  RO1  RO2 17 stat  ses   V1 16   Analogue lout mA 26   AO1  Displays three   M1 17   Multimonitoring items selectable monitoring  values                      Table 1 2  Monitoring values          Honeywell          Table 1 3  Basic parameters G2 1          Basic Application    Unit  Hz    Hz    n    H    N    rom    Hz  Hz       Cust ID  101    103  104  107    Default    a        NX2  230V  NX5  400V  NX6  690V    110    50 00 111  112    113  120    505  506    109  117    302    307    301      0 00      105  50 00      106    731    1 4 2 Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1   Code Parameter Min Max  P2 1 Min frequency   0 00   Par  2 2  P2 2 Max frequency Par  2 1 320 00  P2 3 Acceleration time 1 3000 0  P2 4 Deceleration time 1 3000 0  P2 5 Current limit 2x lH   Nominal voltage of  P2 6 the motor 180 630  Nominal frequency  P2 7 of the motor 8 00 320 00  Nominal speed of  P2 8 the motor 20000  P2 9 Nominal current of 01xl 2x  the motor aie H  P2 10 Motor coso 0 30 1 00  P2 11 Start function o 1  P2 12 Stop function a 3  P2 
78.  unused  it will be started to replace the removed Aux  drive 2    6  The main drive increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are  available    7  The removed Aux drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start  order which now is 1 3 2  The main drive decreases speed to the set Stop  frequency  The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the  next Stop  autochange  sleep  stop  etc   according to par  2 9 23    8  If still more power is needed  the main drive speed rises up to the maximum  frequency placing 100  of the output power in the system s disposal     When the need of power decreases  the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite  order  2 3 1  after the update 3 2 1      Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and autochange    The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used  In addition to the changed and  updated start order  also the change order of main drives depends on parameter 2 9 23          Honeywell Pump and Fan Control Application 103 209        Interlocks       Interlock 4   OFF    Interlock 3 2 OFF             Interlock 2 OFF       Interlock 1 Q coe                Relay  control                         SEa Maeg    Aux  1  2and3  Start frequency    Main drive  output freq     Aux  1  2and 3  Stop frequency             PID output n Aux  drive 2       Aux  drive 3          Aux  drive 1       Figure 7 4  Example of the function of the PFC application with three aux  drives
79.  value    10 00  Max freq    50 Hz    In this example  the PID controller operates practically as   controller only    According to the given value of parameter 2 1 13  I time   the PID output increases by  5 Hz  10  of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency  every  second until the error value is 0     PID output  Error value    NX12k70       Figure 8 3  PID controller function as I controller        Honeywell           Description of parameters 127 209        Example 2   Given values     Par  2 1 12  P   100    Par  2 1 13  I time   1 00 s   Par  2 1 14  D time   1 00 s Min freq    0 Hz  Error value  setpoint     process value    10  Max freq    50 Hz    As the power is switched on  the system detects the difference between the setpoint and  the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease  in case the error value is  negative  the PID output according to the I time  Once the difference between the set   point and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount  corresponding to the value of parameter 2 1 13    In case the error value is negative  the frequency converter reacts reducing the output  correspondingly  See Figure 8 4     PID output  Error value       NX12k69       Figure 8 4  PID output curve with the values of Example 2        128 209     133  134  135  136  137  138  139  140    Example 3   Given values     Par  2 1 12  P   100     Par  2 1 13  l time   0 00 s    Par  2 1 14  D time   1 00 s    Desc
80.  want  to use the values of a digital input signal for e g  testing purposes only  you can set the board slot  value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2   10 to place the input to a TRUE  state  In other words  the value 1 corresponds to  open contact  and values 2 to 10 to  closed  contact      In case of analogue inputs  giving the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 0  signal  level  value 2 corresponds to 20   value 3 to 30  and so on  Giving value 10 for the terminal  number corresponds to 100  signal level              Honeywell Multi purpose Control Application    6 5 Master Follower function  NXP only     The Master Follower function is designed for applications in which the system is run by several NXP  drives and the motor shafts are coupled to each other via gearing  chain  belt etc  The NXP drives  are in closed loop control mode     The external control signals are connected to the Master NXP only  The Master controls the  Follower s  via a SystemBus  The Master station is typically speed controlled and the other drives  follow its torque or speed reference     Torque control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and Follower  drives are coupled solidly to each other by gearing  a chain etc   so that no speed difference  between the drives is possible     Speed control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and the  Follower drives are coupled flexibly to each other  so that a sl
81. 0 0    10 0  10 0    O7xh      0 00    1 50       Default Cust       O Linear   gt 0 S curve ramp time    0 Linear  30l  gt 0 S curve ramp time    Oooo  E  0 Disabled  1 Used when running  2 External brake chopper  3 Used when stopped   running  4 Used when running  no    504    505    0 Coasting   1 Ramp  2 Ramp Run enable  coast   3 Coast Run enable    506    507    508   0 DC brake is off at stop    0 DC brake is off at start    0 Off  1 On    515    516    520  519       Prohibit frequency parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 5        Parameter  Prohibit frequency  range 1 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 1 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 high limit  Prohibit acc  dec     Table 3 7  Prohibit frequency parameters  G2 5          0 00  0 0    0 00          Default Cust       0 Prohibit range 1 is off    512    0 Prohibit range 2 is off  0 Prohibit range 3 is off    513    514    518          32 209     3 4 7          O      2        U  N  D  wo    P2 6 10    P2 6 11  P2 6 12    P2 6 13    Closed Loop parameter group 2 6   P2 6 14 1  P2 6 14 2  P2 6 14 3    P2 6 14 5  P2 6 14 6  P2 6 14 7    P2 6 14 8    P2 6 14 9  P2 6 14 10    P2 6 14 11         P2 6 14 12  P2 6 14 13    Switching frequency        Speed control P gain  Speed control   time        0 speed time at start  0 speed time at stop    Start up torque FWD  Start up torque REV    Mot
82. 0 633 e  P2 6 27 15   Encoder filter time  0 0 100 0 ms 0 0   618    P2 6 27 17 a ee 0 00   100 00     40 00 617      Pgain _    P2 6 27 19 PRA Poer 0 0 300 0   300 0 1290    P2 6 27 20 venta Pons 0 0 300 0   300 0 1289    P2 6 27 21 pee ae 0 0 300 0   300 0 645    P2 6 27 22 ease ahs 0 0 300 0   300 0 646    P2 6 27 23   _ Flux off delay  1 32000 s 0 1402    1 Always  P2 6 27 24   Stop state flux 0 0 150 0   100 0 14401  O OE  P2 6 27 25 SPC f1 point 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 1301  O O OE  P2 6 27 26 SPC fO point 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 1300   OOOO O O  P2 6 27 27 SPC Kp f0 0 1000   100 1299   O O O  P2 6 27 28   SPC Kp FWP 0 1000   100 1298  O O O  minimum  P2 6 27 30   SPC torque 0 1000   100 1295 a  minimum Kp  P2 6 27 31_ SPC Kp TC torque 0 1000 ms 0 12997    P2 6 27 32   Flux reference 0 0 500 0   100 0 12500  O O O O  P2 6 27 33 uo G 0 1000 ms 0 1311            Table 6 26  Closed Loop motor control parameters  G2 6 4        88 209     P2 6 28 1    P2 6 28 2    P2 6 28 3    P2 6 28 4    P2 6 28 5    P2 6 28 6    P2 6 28 7    P2 6 28 8    Code    Parameter  Motor type    Flux Current Kp  Flux Current Ti  PMSM ShaftPosi    EnableRsldentifi    Torque stabilator  gain  Torque stabilator  damping  Torque stabilator  gain FWP             Code Parameter  P2 6 29 1 Flux 10    P2 6 29 2 Flux 20    P2 6 29 3 Flux 30    P2 6 29 4 Flux 40    P2 6 29 5 Flux 50    P2 6 29 6 Flux 60    P2 6 29 7 Flux 70    P2 6 29 8 Flux 80    P2 6 29 9 Flux 90    P2 6 29 10 Flux 100    P2 6 29 11 Flux 110    P
83. 00   This reference  value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332   2    PID reference 2 57  3 5    The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0  and 100   This  reference is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed    Torque reference 6  3 5    Define here the torque reference within 0 0   100 0         206 209  Appendices Honeywell    9  APPENDICES  In this chapter you will find additional information on special parameter groups  Such groups are     Parameters of External brake control with additional limits  Chapter 9 1   Closed Loop parameters  Chapter 9 2    Advanced Open Loop parameters  Chapter 9 3    Parameters of Motor thermal protection  Chapter 9 4    Parameters of Stall protection  Chapter 9 5    Parameters of Underload protection  Chapter 9 6    Fieldbus control parameters  Chapter 9 7     9 1 External brake control with additional limits  ID   s 315  316  346 to 349  352  353     The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through parameters ID315  ID316   ID346 to ID349 and ID352 ID353  Selecting On Off Control for the brake  defining the frequency or   torque limit s  the brake should react to and defining the Brake On  Off delays will allow an effective  brake control  See Figure 9 1     Note  During Identification Run  see par  ID631   brake control is disabled     Torque limit  ID349    START  STOP  Brake off Brake on delay     delay  ID353 _        Brake off  Brake on       NX12k115 fh8    Fig
84. 1   See ID464    479 Analogue output 3  function 67  2 3 7 2  2 3 5 2   See ID307    480 Analogue output 3  filter time 67  2 3 7 3  2 3 5 3   See ID308    481 Analogue output 3 inversion 67  2 3 7 4  2 3 5 4     See ID309               163 209     I  OFF delay       NX12k102    Honeywell Description of parameters  482 Analogue output 3 minimum 67  2 3 7 5  2 3 5 5   See ID310   483 Analogue output 3 scaling 67  2 3 7 6  2 3 5 6   See ID311   484 Analogue output 3 offset 67  2 3 7 7  2 3 5 7   See ID375   485 Scaling of motoring torque limit 6  2 2 6 5   See par  ID399 for the selections   486 Digital output 1 signal selection 6  2 3 1 1   Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with this parameter   For more information about the TTF programming method  see chapter 6 4  Digital  output function can be inverted by Control options  par  ID1084   487 Digital output 1 on delay 6  2 3 1 3   488 Digital output 1 off delay 6  2 3 1 4   With these parameters you can set on  and off delays to digital outputs   Signal programmed to   pa  digital output 1  DO1 or DO2 output ee ee ee a  I i   ON delay  Figure 8 40  Digital outputs 1 and 2  on  and off delays  489 Digital output 2 signal selection 6  2 3 2 1   See ID486   490 Digital output 2 function 6  2 3 2 2   See ID312   491 Digital output 2 on delay 6  2 3 2 3   See 1D487   492 Digital output 2 off delay 6  2 3 2 4     See ID488        164 209     493    494  495    496    498    Description of parameter
85. 100  to 0    0 Actual value 1   1 Actual 1   Actual 2   2 Actual 1     Actual 2   3 Actual 1   Actual 2   4 Max Actual 1  Actual 2    5 Min Actual 1  Actual 2    6 Mean Actual1  Actual2    7 Saqrt  Act1    Sart  Act2    0 Not used   1 Al1  control board    2 Al2  control board    3 Al3   4 Al4   5 Fieldbus  FBProcessDatalN2   O Not used   1 Al1  control board    2 Al2  control board    3 Al3   4 Al4   5 Fieldbus  FBProcessDatalN3    0 No minimum scaling  100 No maximum scaling    0 No minimum scaling       108 209     P2 214 14   Actualvalue2   1600 0  maximum scale    p2 2 4 15   Motor potentiometer  4  ramp time    Motor potentiometer  P2 2 1 16   frequency reference 0  memory reset    Motor potentiometer  PID reference 0  memory reset    minimum    P2 2 4 19 B reference scale  0 00  maximum    P2 2 1 17          Table 7 4  Input signals  Basic settings          Code Parameter Min  P2 2 2 1 Alt signal 0  selection  P2 2 2 2 Alt filter time 0 00  P2 2 2 3   Al    signal range 0  p2 2 24   _ Al custom   160 00  minimum settin  Al1 custom  P2225   maximum setting  160 00  P2 2 2 6  Al1 signal inversion 0                Code Parameter Min Max    P2 2 3 1   Al2 signal selection   0    P2 2 3 2 Al2 filter time   0 00   10 00    P2 2 3 3 Al2 signal range EA 2    p2 2  3 4   l2 custom minimum   460 00   160 00  setting  Al2 custom maximum    P2 2 3 6 Al2 inversion ew 1       Table 7 6  Input signals  Analogue input 2    Default    0 10             Pump and Fan Control Application  
86. 13  2 2 1 13   Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2  See Figure 8 22     143 209        339    340    341    342    343    144 209  Description of parameters Honeywell       Actual value 2 maximum scale57  2 2 14  2 2 1 14   Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2  See Figure 8 22     A  Scaled    input signal     aled    Sci  input signal      100     1D336   30    i 76 5 4  earner  15 3 mA  1D338    30   1D339   140     i    Analogue          l raoga   1   100 input      7 i of  ee es   140 inpr Fa  10 0 V   20 0 mA X   20 0 mA 4 i NX12k34       Figure 8 22  Examples of actual value signal scaling    PID error value inversion 57  2 2 32  2 2 1 5     This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller  and thus the  operation of the PID controller     0 No inversion   1 Inverted    PID reference rise time 57  2 2 33  2 2 1 6   Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 0  to 100      PID reference fall time 57  2 2 34  2 2 1 7   Defines the time during which the PID controller reference falls from 100  to 0      VO B reference selection 57  2 2 5  2 2 1 1     Defines the selected frequency reference place when the drive is controlled from the I O  terminal and reference place B is active  DIN6 closed     All reference  terminals 2 and 3  e g  potentiometer    Al2 reference  terminals 5 and 6  e g  transducer    Al3 reference   Al4 reference   Keypad reference  parameter R32    Reference from Fieldbus  FB
87. 13 U f optimisation o 1  P2 14 I O reference po 3  Current reference  P2 15 pee poo   i  Analogue output  reas function p 8  P2 17 DIN3 function e 7  P2 18 Presetspeed1   0 00   Par  2 1 2  P2 19 Presetspeed2   0 00   Par  2 1 2  P2 20 Automatic restart Fo   1          Note    NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the  motor synchronous speed   check suitability for motor  and drive system    Check the rating plate of  the motor     Check the rating plate of   the motor    Check the rating plate of   the motor    The default applies for a 4    pole motor and a nominal   size frequency converter    Check the rating plate of   the motor    Check the rating plate of   the motor   0 Ramp   1 Flying start   0 Coasting   1 Ramp   2 Ramp Run enable   coast   3 Coast Run enable   ramp   0 Not used   1 Automatic torque boost   0 Al1   1 Al2   2 Keypad   3 Fieldbus   0  No offset  O   20mA   1  Offset  4mA   20 mA   0 Not used   1 Output freq   O   fmax    2 Freq  reference  O   fmax    3 Motor speed  O   Motor  nominal speed    4 Output current  0 Inmotor    5 Motor torque  O   Tnmotor    6 Motor power  O   Prmotor    7 Motor voltage  0 Unmotor    8 DC link volt  O   1000V    0 Not used   1 Ext  fault  closing cont    2 Ext  fault  opening cont    3 Run enable  cc   4 Run enable  oc   5 Force cp  to IO   6 Force cp  to keypad   7 Force cp  to fieldbus   Speeds preset by operator   Speeds preset by operator   0 Disabled   1 Enabled       10 209  Basic Application Honeywell    1 4 3 Keypad control  C
88. 14   Al2  V1 13   Analogue input 3 27 _  Als  V1 14_   Analogue input 4 28   Al4  V1 15   DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15   Digital input statuses  V1 16   DIN4  DIN5  DIN6 16   Digital input statuses  V1 17   DO1  RO1  RO2 17   Digital and relay output statuses  V1 18   Analogue lout mA 26   AOI  V1 19   PID Reference   20   In  ofthe max  frequency  V1 20   PID Actual value   21 In   of the max  actual value  V1 21 PID Error value   22   In  of the max  error value  V1 22   PID Output   23   In   of the max  output value  V1 23 eee a tor 29   See parameters 2 2 46 to 2 2 49  v1 24   PT 100 ce   42   Hi i    Temperat  te ighest temperature of used inputs  p  G1 25   Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring  values                      Table 5 2  Monitoring values        52 209  PID Control Application Honeywell    5 4 2 Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1                 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note  P2 1 1 Min frequency   0 00   Par 2 1 2   Hz 0 00 101    NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the  motor synchronous speed   P2 1 2 Max frequency  Par  2 1 1  320 00 50 00 102 check suitability for motor  and drive system  NOTE  If PlD controller is  as a used  Acceleration time 2  P2 1 3   Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103  par  2 4 3  is automati   cally applied  NOTE  If PID controller is  a used  Deceleration time 2  P2 1 4   Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 104  par  2 4 4  is automati   cally applied                               P2 1 5 C
89. 2  P2 1 23  P2 1 24    P2 1 25    P2 1 26    P2 1 27    P2 1 28    P2 1 29       AG yyy y y   POPP ine  ine     uola a A  rN ENI io ua  D          Multi step Speed Control Application    Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1     Parameter  Min frequenc    Max frequency    Acceleration time 1  Deceleration time 1    Current limit    Nominal voltage of    the motor    Nominal frequency    of the motor    Nominal speed of  the motor    Nominal current of    the motor    Motor coso    I O reference    Keypad control  reference    Fieldbus control  reference    Preset speed 1   Preset speed 2  Preset speed 3   Preset speed 4  Preset speed 5  Preset speed 6  Preset speed 7  Preset speed 8  Preset speed 9  Preset speed 10  Preset speed 11  Preset speed 12  Preset speed 13  Preset speed 14  Preset speed 15    Min Max      0 00   Par  2 1 2    Par  2 1 1  320 00    3000 0  3000 0    180    EIES    Par  2 1 2      Ea i  pe    0 00   Par  2 1 2    0 00   Par  2 1 2      0 00   Par  2 1 2    0 00   Par  2 1 2   F0 00__  Par  2 12      0 00   Par  2 1 2    000   Par 2 12  0 00   Par  2 1 2     0 00   Par  21 2     0 00   Par  21 2    0 00   Par  2 1 2   F0 00__  Par  2 12    0 00   Par  2 4 2   0 00   Par  24 2     0 00   Par  2 1 2    0o00  Par 2 1 2     Table 4 3  Basic parameters G2 1    Unit  Hz    Hz    pjo jo    V    Hz    rom    A       Default  0 00    50 00    3 0   3 0   IL  NX2  230V  NX5  400V  NX6  690V    50 00    1440    ly    0 85    0 00  5 00  10 00  12 50 
90. 2 2 1 16     0 No reset  1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown  2 Memory reset in powerdown    Motor potentiometer memory reset  PID reference  57  2 2 29  2 2 1 17     0 No reset  1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown  2 Memory reset in powerdown    PID reference 2  Place A additional reference  7  2 2 1 4     If the PID reference 2 enable input function  ID330   TRUE  this parameter defines  which reference place is selected as PID controller reference      All reference  terminals 2 and 3  e g  potentiometer      Al2 reference  terminals 5 and 6  e g  transducer      Al3 reference     Al4 reference     PID reference 1 from keypad     Reference from Fieldbus  FBProcessDatalN3      Motor potentiometer     PID reference 2 from keypad   If value 6 is selected for this parameter  the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and  Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs  parameters ID417 and  ID418      NOOB OD           Supervised analogue input 7  2 3 2  13     0   Analogue reference from Al1  terminals 2 and 3  e g  potentiometer   1   Analogue reference from Al2  terminals 4 and 5  e g  transducer        Honeywell    373    374    375    376           Description of parameters 153 209     Analogue input limit supervision 7  2 3 2 14     If the value of the selected analogue input goes under over the set limit  par  1D374  this  function generates a warning message through the digital output or the relay outputs  depending on to which output the supervision function
91. 2 3 4  2 3 5 4  2 3 3 4     Inverts the analogue output signal     Analog A  output    Maximum output signal   Minimum set value current  Minimum output signal   Maximum set value 20 MATRE     See parameter ID311 below       D311     s 100     iMax  value of signal     selected with ID307   gt     1 0          NX12K17       Figure 8 14  Analogue output invert    Analogue output minimum 234567  2 3 5  2 3 5 5  2 3 3 5   Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA  living zero   Note the difference in  analogue output scaling in parameter ID311  Figure 8 15      0 Set minimum value to 0 mA  1 Set minimum value to 4 mA       Honeywell    311    312  313  314       Description of parameters        137 209     Analogue output scale 234567  2 3 6  2 3 5 6  2 3 3 6     Scaling factor for analogue output                                 Analogue  Signal Max  value of the signal opui   Output frequency   Max frequency  par ID102   Freq  Reference Max frequency  par ID102  20 MAS   Motor speed Motor nom  speed  1XNmMotor  Output current Motor nom  current 1XInmotor  Motor torque Motor nom  torque Tema  1xXTnmotor 10 mA  Motor power Motor nom  power 1XPnmotor Jaf fl  Motor voltage 100  x Unmotor PRE EAE  DC link voltage 1000 V i l  Pl ref  value 100  x ref  value max  1D310  0 Peera  PI act  value 1 100  x actual value max  mA   10 g  PI act  value 2 100  x actual value max  aruki  PI error value 100  x error value max   PI output 100  x output max        Table 8 7  Analogue output
92. 2 6 29 12 Flux 120    P2 6 29 13 Flux 130    P2 6 29 14 Flux 140    P2 6 29 15 Flux 150    P2 6 29 16   Rs voltage drop   Ir add generator  P2 6 29 19 scale  P2 6 29 20 Ir add motoring   scale   P2 6 29 21 lu Offset  P2 6 29 22 lv Offset  P2 6 29 23 Iw Offset  P2 6 29 24 Speed step  P2 6 29 25 Torque step    Table 6 28  Identification parameters  NXP drives                5    o  ojojoj ojojojojojojojojojojojojo    0     32000   32000   32000   50 0   100 0    Multi purpose Control Application             Max  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  2500  30000    30000    30000    32000  32000  32000  50 0  100 0          Unit    Unit                                                 0 0  0 0       Default    Varies    Varies    Varies    0   0   0  0 0  0 0          Honeywell    Cust          ID  1355  1356  1357  1358  1359  1360  1361  1362  1363  1364  1365  1366  1367  1368  1369  662    665    667    668  669  670  1252  1253          Note  0 Induction Motor  1 PMS Motor    0 No  1 Yes       Note    NCDrive speed tuning  NCDrive torque tuning       Honeywell    6 6 10  Code    P2 7 1    P2 7 2  P2 7 3  P2 7 4  P2 7 5    P2 7 6  P2 7 7  P2 7 8    P2 7 9  P2 7 10  P2 7 11  P2 7 12    P2 7 13    P2 7 14  P2 7 15  P2 7 16    P2 7 17    P2 7 18  P2 7 19  P2 7 20    P2 7 21    P2 7 22  P2 7 23    P2 7 24  P2 7 25    P2 7 26  P2 7 27    Protections  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 7     Parameter Min    Response to 4mA    reference fa
93. 2 Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1                 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default   Cust ID  Min frequency   0 00  Par 2 1 2  Hz 0 00 101  NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the  Max frequency  Par  2 1 1  320 00 Hz 50 00 102 motor synchronous speed   check suitability for motor  a and drive system  Acceleration time 1 s 1 0 103    Deceleration time 1 s 1 0 toa    Current limit A I 1o7    Nominal voltage of NAE AOON  the motor 180 V NX5  400V 110  NX6  690V    Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of    The default applies for a 4   Nominal speed of 24 20 000 rom 1440 112   pole motor and a nominal  the motor    size frequency converter   Nominal current of Check the rating plate of  Check the rating plate of    0 Al1   2   3   1 Al2   4   5   2 Al3  PID controller 3 Al4  reference signal 4 332   4 PID ref from Keypad   Place A  control page  par  3 4  5 PID ref  from fieldbus   FBProcessDatalN1   6 Motor potentiometer       v v  NINNIN N  N  SENSO  M ua    P2 1 12_ PID controller gain   0 0    1000 0   100 0 118  P2 1 13  PID controller l time   0 00    320 00 s 1 00 119  p2 1 14   P P controller D    0 00    10 00   s 0 00 132  time __   P2 1 15   Sleep frequency   we    ie Hz 10 00 1016  P2 1 16 Sleep dela   o   3600 S 30 1017  P2 1 17   Wakeuplevel   0 00   100 00 A  25 00 1018    0 Wake up at fall below   wake up level  2 1 17    1 Wake up at exceeded     wake up level  2 1 17    P2 1 18   Wake up function 3 0 1019 2 Wake up at fall below  wake up level  
94. 41    442    443    444    445    446    Description of parameters Honeywell    Run 67  2 3 3 2  2 3 1 2   The frequency converter operates  the motor is running      Fault 67  2 3 3 3  2 3 1 3   A fault trip has occurred    Default programming  A 1    Inverted fault 67  2 3 3 4  2 3 1 4   No fault trip has occurred     Warning 67  2 3 3 5  2 3 1 5     General warning signal     External fault or warning 67  2 3 3 6  2 3 1 6   Fault or warning depending on par  ID701     Reference fault or warning 67  2 3 3 7  2 3 1 7   Fault or warning depending on parameter ID700     Overtemperature warning 67  2 3 3 8  2 3 1 8   The heatsink temperature exceeds  70  C     Reverse 67  2 3 3 9  2 3 1 9   The Reverse command has been selected     Unrequested direction 67  2 3 3 10  2 3 1 10   Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one     At speed 67  2 3 3 11  2 3 1 11   The output frequency has reached the set reference     Jogging speed 67  2 3 3 12  2 3 1 12   Jogging speed selected     External control place 67  2 3 3 13  2 3 1 13   Control from I O terminal selected  Menu M3  par  ID125      External brake control 67  2 3 3 14  2 3 1 14     External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay  Used in applications where  the mechanical brake is released when the brake coil is not energized    When using the Master Follower function  the follower drive will open the brake at the  same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have  not
95. 5            Parameter Default  Prohibit frequency  range 1 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 1 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 high limit  Prohibit acc  dec   ramp                  Table 6 21  Prohibit frequencies  NXS drives  G2 5                O Not used  0 Not used  0 Not used    O Not used  0 Not used  0 Not used          84 209     6 6 8  Code    U  N  O  wo    Multi purpose Control Application    Honeywell    NXS drives  Motor control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6     Parameter    Motor control mode       U f optimisation    U f ratio selection       Field weakening  point  Voltage at field  weakening point  U f curve midpoint  frequenc    U f curve midpoint  voltage    Output voltage at  zero frequency    Switching frequency    Overvoltage  controller    Undervoltage  controller    Motor control  mode 2  Speed controller  P gain  open loop  Speed controller    gain  open loop  Load drooping    Identification    Min    8 00  10 00    0 00    0 00    2  2   e     0  0    0  0 00    0       Max    320 00    200 00    par   P2 6 4    100 00    40 00    Varies    4  32767    32767  100 00    2    Unit    Hz    o  O    g  N              kHz         Table 6 22  Motor control parameters  NXS drives G2 6    Default    50 00  100 00    50 00    100 00    Varies    Varies    2  3000    300  0 00    0       4  Q    o    4  oO        602
96. 5  supervision limit  Scaling of torque limit 0 5  Scaling of generator 0 5  torque limit  Scaling of motoring 0 5  power limit  Scaling of generator 0 5  power limit       Multi purpose Control Application                   Cust          Table 6 11  Free analogue input signal selection  G2 2 6       155       156       162       Cust       399    400    401    402    485    1087    179    1088                Note    0 No filtering  0 0   100   1 20   100    2   10V    10V  3 Custom range    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted       0 Not used   1 Al1   2 Al2   3 Al3   4 Al4   5 FB limit scaling ID46    Scaling from 0 to ID507  Scaling from Ramp Time  to 0 15    Scaling from 0 to ID348    Scaling from 0 to  ID609  NXS  or ID1287  NXP    Scaling from 0 to ID1288  Scaling from 0 to  ID1289  Scaling from 0 to ID1290       76 209     Multi purpose Control Application    Code    P2 2 7 4    P2 2 7 6    P2 2 7 8    P2 2 7 9    P2 2 7 11    P2 2 7 13    P2 2 7 16    P2 2 7 18    P2 2 7 19    P2 2 7 20    P2 2 7 21    P2 2 7 22    P2 2 7 24    P2 2 7 27    P2 2 7 28    P2 2 7 29    P2 2 7 32       Table 6 12  Digital input signals  G2 2 4    R22  P2 2 7 2  P2 2 7 3    P2 2 7 5    P2 2 7 7    P2 2 7 10    P2 2 7 12    P2 2 7 14  P2 2 7 15    P2 2 7 17    NXP drives  P2 2 7 23    P2 2 7 25  P2 2 7 26    P2 2 7 30  P2 2 7 31       Parameter  Start signal 1    Start signal 2    Run enable    Reverse    Preset speed 2    Motor potentiometer  reference DOWN  Motor potentiometer  reference UP  Fault
97. 5 1   Prohibit frequency area 1  High limit 23457  2 5 2   Prohibit frequency area 2  Low limit 3457  2 5 3   Prohibit frequency area 2  High limit 3457  2 5 4   Prohibit frequency area 3  Low limit 3457  2 5 5   Prohibit frequency area 3  High limit 3457  2 5 6     In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of  mechanical resonance problems  With  these parameters it is possible to set Output   limits for the  skip frequency  region  frequency  Hz   See Figure 8 45                       Reference  Hz    gt        NX12K33       Figure 8 45  Example of prohibit frequency area  setting     DC braking frequency at stop 234567  2 4 10   The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied  See Figure 8 45     DC braking time at start 234567  2 4 11     DC brake is activated when the start command is given  This parameter defines the time  before the brake is released  After the brake is released  the output frequency increases  according to the set start function by parameter ID505        Honeywell    518    519    520    521           Description of parameters 169 209        Acceleration deceleration ramp speed scaling ratio  between prohibit frequency limits 23457  2 5 3  2 5 7     Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the  selected prohibit frequency range limits  parameters ID509 and ID510   The ramping  speed  selected acceleration  deceleration time 1 or 2  is multiplied with this factor  E g   value
98. 6  2 9 29   Actual value special display maximum 57  2 2 47  2 9 30   Actual value special display decimals 57  2 2 48  2 9 31   Actual value special display unit 57  2 2 49  2 9 32     The Actual value special display parameters are used to convert and display the actual  value signal in a form more informative to the user     The Actual value special display parameters are available in P D Control Application and  Pump and Fan Control Application     Example    The actual value signal sent from a sensor  in mA  tells you the amount of waste water  pumped from a tank per second  The signal range is 0 4    20mA  Instead of receiving  the level of the actual value signal  in mA  on the display  you wish to receive the amount  of water pumped in m  s  You then set a value for par  ID1033 to correspond to the mini   mum signal level  0 4 mA  and another value for par  ID1034 to correspond to the maxi   mum signal level  20 mA   The number of decimals needed can be set with par   ID1035  and the unit  m s  with par   D1036  The level of the actual value signal is then scaled  between the set min and max values and displayed in the selected unit        Honeywell    1080    1081    1082              Description of parameters 197 209        The following units can be selected  par  ID1036        Vale   Unit   On keypad Value Unit On keypad     0   NotUsed   15 m3  h m3 h   es    gt     16   F   F  17 ft ft  18 gal s GPS  19 gal   min GPM  20 gal h GPH  21 ft38 s CFS  22 ft3   min CF
99. 7  6 6 Multi purpose Control Application     Parameter liSts                   sssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssseaaeeeee 69  Ts Pump and Fan Control Application             sssseeeeneeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneees 95  Fed       1011010010  110  p EERE E TEE E E tated abt ade hath alt uate hc ali cebe Sth ua A EET 95  72     CODWO  WO merra Becta e tee Sh aed E byl eld ha loeb Ne A ei ne loth 96  7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control AppliCation         22  cccsecccceeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 98  7 44 Short description of function and essential DArAMELESS          cccccceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeetnnteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 99  7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application     Parameter liStsS            ccccccccccccccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 105  8  Description of parameters iiss qcscece Sei otideie ects vag eee cen caste vat eee ened ce 121  8 1 Speed control parameters  application 6 ONIY        cccccsseceeeeeeeeeeceeeneeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 203  8 2 Keypad control ParammerelS  sities ce csosttac ack Acdetesteted cdcct wane Aceev das tt cd succes nde tlcsautenccses cetudhs 205  9  Appendices eee ee eee eee eee EEEn 206  9 1 External brake control with additional limits  ID   s 315  316  346 to 349  352  353              206  9 2 Closed loop parameters  ID S 612 to 621        cccesssssscecceeeeeeeennceeeeeeeessseensaaaeeeeeeeeeteesnaaaeaee 208  9 3 Advanced Open Loop parameters  ID s 622 to 625  632  635         ssssssssssssssssssesssssssss
100. 7 12   Motor duty cyce   0   100    P2 7 13 Stall protection pel a   P2 7 14 Stallcurrent   0 00   2x     P2 7 15 Stall time limit 120 00  P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit  1 0   a  P2 7 17 muceroad 3  protection  area load  P2 7 19  Zero frequency load  5 0   150 0  P2 7 20 zhoenoad 2  protection time limit  Response to  meee  thermistor fault pe fe  Response to  pe 7 22   _ fieldbus fault seo il  P2 7 23 Response to slot 3  fault       Table 4 9  Protections  G2 7    Unit    Hz       Protections  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 7     Default    0 00    2  0 0  40 0    Varies  100    lH  15 00    25 0    50  10 0  20    Multi step Speed Control Application       Cust       700    728    701    730    727    702  703  704    705    706    707    708    709    710  711    712    713    714    715    716    732    733    734    Honeywell    Note    0 No response  1 Warning  2 Warning Previous Freq     3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2  4 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  5 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  0 Fault stored in history  1 Fault not stored       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       O No response  1 Warning    2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       See P2 7 21    See P2 7 21  
101. 8   Preset speed 5 46  2 1 19   Preset speed 6 46  2 1 20   Preset speed 7 46  2 1 21     Parameter values define the Multi step speeds selected with the DIN3  DIN4  DIN5 and  DIN6 digital inputs  See also parameter ID   s 105 and 106     Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency   ID s 101 and 102         126 209     131    132    Description of parameters Honeywell                         Speed Multi step speed   Multi step speed   Multi step soeed   Multi step speed  sel  1  DIN4  sel  2  DIN5  sel  3  DIN6  sel  4  DIN3   Basic speed 0 0 0 0  P2 1 17  3  1 1 0 0  P2 1 18  4  0 0 1 0  P2 1 19  5  1 0 1 0  P2 1 20  6  0 1 1 0  P2 1 21  7  1 1 1 0                         Table 8 4  Preset speeds 3 to 7    I O frequency reference selection  place B 3  2 1 12   See the values of the parameter ID117 above   PID controller D time 57  2 1 14     The parameter ID132 defines the derivation time of the PID controller  If this parameter  is set to 1 00 second a change of 10  in the error value during 1 00 s causes the  controller output to change by 10 00   If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID  controller will operate as PI controller    See examples below     Example 1   In order to reduce the error value to zero  with the given values  the frequency converter  output behaves as follows     Given values    Par  2 1 12 P  0    Par  2 1 13  l time   1 00 s   Par  2 1 14  D time   0 00 s Min freq    0 Hz  Error value  setpoint     process
102. 8  V1 21 16   Analogue input 1   59 Ali                  Analogue input 2          Reference Closed Loop    V1 21 20   Analogue output 2 AO2  V1 21 21   Analogue output 3   51 AO3  V1 21 22 Final Frequency Hz 1131 Used for Closed Loop speed tuning       V1 21 23          Step Response          1132                               V1 22 5   Last Active Fault 37   V1 22 6   Motor Current to FB A 45 Motor current  drive independent   given with one decimal point   V1 24 7   DIN StatusWord 1 56   V1 24 8   DIN StatusWord 2 57          Table 6 3  Monitoring values  NXP drives    Honeywell       Honeywell    6 6 2       Application Status Word    Multi purpose Control Application    Application Status Word          Multi                                                                       Application   Standard   Loc Rem PID MP PFC  Status Word Step  bO  b1 Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready  b2 Run Run Run Run Run Run  b3 Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault  b4  No  b5 EMStop   NXP   b6 Run Run Run Run Enable Run Run  Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable  b7 Warning Warning Warning   Warning Warning   Warning  b8  b9  b10  b11 DC Brake   DC Brake   DC Brake   DC Brake DC Brake   DC Brake  b12 Run Run Run Run request   Run Run  request request request request request  b13 Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit  control control control control control control  Brake  b14 Gantt Aux 1  b15 PID active Aux 2                   Table 6 4  Application Status Word content                      72
103. Autorestart parameters  G2 8    2 4 10   Keypad control  Control keypad  Menu M3   The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below  See    the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual   1 1 0 terminal  125   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  0 Forward  1 Reverse    Parameter i i Default Cust    Keypad reference   T a    Direction  on keypad  o 1 0    Table 2 11  Keypad control parameters  M3       0 Limited function of Stop  button   1 Stop button always  enabled             2 4 11   System menu  Control keypad  M6     For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as  application and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware  and software  see the product s User s Manual     2 4 12 Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s User s Manual        22 209  Local Remote Control Application Honeywell  yW    3   LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION    3 1 Introduction  Select the Local Remote Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2     Utilising the Local Remote Control Application it is possible to have two different control places  For  each control place the frequency reference can be selected from either the control keypad  I O  terminal or fieldbus  The active control place is selected with the digital 
104. CONTENTS    NX  All in One  APPLICATION MANUAL    INDEX    1 Basic Application   2 Standard Application   3  Local Remote Control Application   4 Multi step Speed Control Application  5 PID Control Application   6 Multi purpose Control Application   7 Pump and Fan Control Application  8 Description of parameters    9 Appendices    ABOUT THE  All in One  APPLICATION MANUAL    In the All in One Application Manual you will find information about the different applications included  in the All in One Application Package  Should these applications not meet the requirements of your  process please contact the manufacturer for information on special applications     This manual is available in both paper and electronic editions  We recommend you to use the  electronic version if possible  If you have the electronic version at your disposal you will be able to  benefit from the following features     The manual contains several links and cross references to other locations in the manual which  makes it easier for the reader to move around in the manual  to check and find things faster     The manual also contains hyperlinks to web pages  To visit these web pages through the links you  must have an internet browser installed on your computer     Honeywell 3 209     Application manual    INDEX  1  Basic Application iac  cc tient acti ee hee eee heeded 5  Tl   TANOQUICHONN 22320 cas 20 ot td ales aoa Sasa a bask waded tobias Moet bad eI a ea ea 5  Oitmaa    oF 0  19 3  pt entry santo es
105. E keaton ta Moateteae als cand shecs de E E 36  4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control AppliCAatiOn            cccccccectceeesstteeeeeeeteeeeees 37  4 4 Multi step speed control application     Parameter liStS  0          ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38  5  PID Control Application        ssssannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nanna 48  BT   dJntrod  ction   seene e e e e E occas e e E aces Nise cee E a Nene a Eaa Ee aa E ae 48  5 2  Control  O rasiri etp n aa eRe re Aea R e is RE aa A eha area a E a aea aa k SREE 49  5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application       2 2 ccccseeccceeeeeeeeennnneeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 50  5 4 PID Application     Parameter lists oa cca oie ces cts cect kta ae een ed ty nda ot ete Saeco cides ne eee 51  6  Multi purpose Control Application             sseeeeecceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeneeneeeeeneeeeeees 62  Gol   Introduction  iia acissccte cata  ties e cea E nate e e a aE E aeea e e E EOE e EE TEE 62  6 2  COntrol lO rsr erimek aeoea ae iaaa tbe duet Eeh aR rae Aaaa a ki eaa 63  6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application             ccccccccceessttteeeeeeeeeeeennnteeees 64  6 4    Terminal To Function     TTF  programming PVinCiple        2    cccceeecceeeeeeeeeeesnteeeeeeeeeeeeeennnenees 65  6 5 Master Follower function  NXP OMMY           ccccccccccseesscceeeeeeeeseeennaaaeeeseeeeeeesesseesaaaaeseseeeeeeeeeeaas 6
106. I  M1 17   Multimonitoring items Sie                      Table 3 2  Monitoring values        26 209  Local Remote Control Application Honeywell    3 4 2 Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1              Code Parameter Min Max Unit    ID Note  P2 1 1 Min frequency   0 00  Par 2 1 2  Hz       NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the  motor synchronous  102   speed  check suitability  for motor and drive    Max frequency  Par  2 1 1  320 00 Hz                system  Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 103  Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 104  Current limit 0 1 x lH 2xlH A 107    NX2  230V  Nomina  v  itage of 690   v  NX5  400V 110    the motor NX6  690V    Check the rating plate of  320 00 Hz 50 00 111 th   motor    The default applies for a   20000   rom   1440 112      pole motor and a  nominal size frequency  converter        Nominal frequency    of the motor 0    oO       Nominal speed of       nm 2 D  T   o                               P2 1 2      P213    _ P214        P215    P2 1 6  Paz  P2 18 the motor  Nominal current of Check the rating plate of  P2 1 9 the motor 0 1xlu   2x A 113   the motor   Check the rating plate of  P2 1 10 Motor cos 0 30 1 00 120   fe motor  0 Al1  1 Al2  Pea i  1 0 A reference 4 1 117   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  4 Motor potentiometer  0 Al1  1 Al2  P2 1 12 I O B reference 4 131   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  4 Motor potentiometer  0 Al1  Keypad control 1 Al2  P2 1 13 reference 3 a 121 2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  0 Al1  Fieldbus control 1 Al2  P2 1 14 referenc
107. Lele  21 RO1      21 Roly    22  RO1 22 iC ae 22  RO1  23  RO1     23  RO1 23  RO1          NX12K19                                                 Figure 8 16  Output frequency supervision    DIN2 function 5  2 2 1     This parameter has 14 selections  If digital inout DIN2 need not be used  set the  parameter value to 0     1    2    NOOA    10    11    External fault   Contact closed  Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is active  External fault   Contact open  Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is not active  Run enable   Contact open  Start of motor disabled   Contact closed  Start of motor enabled   Acceleration or deceleration time selection   Contact open  Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected   Contact closed  Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected   Closing contact  Force control place to I O terminal   Closing contact  Force control place to keypad   Closing contact  Force control place to fieldbus   When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop  Direction and  Reference valid in the respective control place are used  reference according to  parameters ID343  1ID121 and ID122     Note  The value of ID125  Keypad Control Place  does not change    When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place  selection     Reverse If several inputs are programmed to reverse  one  Contact open  Forward active contact is enough to set the direction to  Contact closed  Reverse reverse     Jo
108. M  23 ft8 h CFH  24 A A  25 V V  26 W W  27 kW kW  28 Hp Hp             Table 8 14  Selectable values for Actual Value Special Display    NOTE  The maximum number of characters that can be shown on keypad is 4  This  means that in some cases the display of the unit on the keypad does not comply with the  standards     Actual value min  max     Number of decimals       DC Brake Current at stop 6  2 4 15    Defines the current injected to the motor in stop state when parameter ID416 is active   The parameter is available for NXP drives only    Follower reference selection 6  2 11 3    Select the speed reference for the follower drive     SystemBus communication fault response 6  2 7 30   Defines the action when SystemBus heartbeat is missing    0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506   3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting          198 209     1083    1084    1085    1087    1088    1089    1090    Description of parameters Honeywell    Follower torque reference selection 6  2 11 4   Select the torque reference for the follower drive     Control options 6  2 4 22     These parameter functions depend on the Advance application version  The parameter  is available for NXP drives only     b0 Disables encoder fault   b1 Update Ramp Generator when MotorControlMode changes from TC  4  to SC  3   b2 RampUp  use acceleration ramp   b3 RampDown  use deceleration ramp   b4 FollowActual  follow actual speed value within WindowPos N
109. Open cont  Mode 1 is used  See par 2 6 1  2 6 12    cc   closing contact  oc   opening contact       Used with liquid cooled unit  Monitoring signal from  mechanical brake   Safety switch input   Enables Inching function  Inching reference 1  This will  start the drive   Inching reference 2  This will  start the drive   Reset monitoring signals   shaft rounds and angle       Honeywell       Multi purpose Control Application                                           6 6 5 Output signals  6 6 5 1 Delayed digital output 1  Keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3 1   Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note  Digital output 1 Possible to invert with  Bese signal selection    O    88 1ID1084  NXP onl  0 Not used  1 Ready  2 Run  3 Fault  4 Fault inverted  5 FC overheat warning  6 Ext  fault or warning  7 Ref  fault or warning  8 Warning  9 Reverse  10 Jogging spd selected  11 At speed  12 Mot  regulator active  Digital output 1 13 Freq  limit 1 superv   Pee function Ze i ale 14 Freq  limit 2 superv   15 Torque limit superv   16 Ref  limit supervision  17 External brake control  18 1 0 control place act   19 FC temp  limit superv   20 Reference inverted  21 Ext  brake control  inverted  22 Therm  fault or warn   23 Al supervision  24 Fieldbus input data 1  25 Fieldbus input data 2  26 Fieldbus input data 3  P2 3 1 3 ue eh es on 320 00 s 0 00 487   0 00   delay not in use  P2 3 1 4 SAR Toi 320 00 s 0 00 488   0 00   delay not in use  Table 6 13  Delayed digital output 1 parameters  G2 3 1 
110. P2 7 26       Pump and Fan Control Application    Protections  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 7        Parameter Min  Response to 4mA 0  reference fault  4mA reference fault 0 00  frequenc  Response to 0  external fault  Input phase 0  supervision  Response to 0  undervoltage fault  Output phase 0  supervision    Earth fault protection 0  Thermal protection    of the motor 0  Motor ambient  100 0  temperature factor  Motor cooling factor  0 0  at zero speed  Motor thermal time 1  constant  Motor duty cycle 0  Stall protection 0  Stall current 0 00  Stall time limit 1 00    Stall frequency limit 1 0       P2 7 27    Underload 0  protection  Field weakening 10  area load  Zero frequency load 5 0  Underload 2  protection time limit  Response to 0  thermistor fault  Response to 0  fieldbus fault  Response to slot 0  fault  No  of PT100 0  inputs  Response to 0  PT100 fault  PT100 warning  30 0  limit  PT100 fault limit    30 0    Table 7 18  Protections  G2 7       Max    Par  2 1 2    100 0  150 0    200  100    2x ly  120 00  Par  2 1 2    150  150 0  600    200 0  200 0       Unit    Hz              min                  Default    0 00    2  0 0  40 0    Varies  100    lH  15 00  25 0    50  10 0  20    120 0  130 0       Cust    ID       700       728       701       730       727       702  703  704             705       706       707  708    709                            732       733       734       739       740       741          742              117 209     Note  0 No
111. PID ref    3 Wake up at exceeded    p2 1 19   Jogging speed   000 Par  2 1 2 Hz 10 00 124  reference    Table 7 3  Basic parameters G2  1                            Honeywell    7 5 3  7 5 3 1    Code    P2 2 1 5  P2 2 1 6    P2 2 1 7    P2 2 1 11    P2 2 1 12    P2 2 1 13          Input signals       Parameter Min Max  I O B reference 7  selection  Keypad control o 7  reference selection  Fieldbus control 7  reference selection  PID Reference 2 e 7  PID error value 1  inversion  PID reference   oo   100 0  rising time  PID reference 100 0  falling time  PID actual value 7  selection  Actual value 1    5  selection  Actual value 2 input a 5  Actual value 1  minimum scale    1690 0   1600 0  Actual value 1   4600 0   1600 0  maximum scale  Actual value 2  minimum scale   1600 0   1600 0       Unit                         Default    0 0  100 0    0 0       Pump and Fan Control Application          343    121    122    371    340    341    342    333    334    335    336    337    338            107 209     Note  0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Al3  3 Al4  4 Keypad reference  5 Fieldbus reference    FB SpeedReference    6 Motor potentiometer  7 PID controller    As in par  2 2 1 1    As in par  2 2 1 1    0 Al1   1 Al2   2 Al3   3 Al4   4 PID reference 1 from  keypad   5 Fieldbus reference   FBProcessDatalN3    6 Motor potentiometer   7 PID reference 2 from  keypad   O0 No inversion   1 Inversion   Time for reference value to   change from 0  to 100    Time for reference value to   change from 
112. Rising edge required to start   DIN2  closed contact   start reverse  Rising edge required to start     5 DIN1  closed contact   start  Rising edge required to start   open contact   stop  DIN2  closed contact   reverse  open contact   forward    6 DIN1  closed contact   start  Rising edge required to start   open contact   stop  DIN2  closed contact   start enabled  open contact   start disabled and drive stopped if running   DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command     Application 3 and 6   4 DIN1  closed contact   start forward  DIN2  closed contact   reference increases  motor potentiometer reference  this  parameter is automatically set to 4 if par  ID117 is set to 3 or 4      5 DIN1  closed contact   start forward  Rising edge required to start   DIN2  closed contact   start reverse  Rising edge required to start        Honeywell    301       6 DINI     open contact   stop    DIN2  closed contact   reverse    open contact   forward    Description of parameters        133 209     closed contact   start  Rising edge required to start     closed contact   start  Rising edge required to start     open contact   start disabled and drive stopped if running    7 DIN1   open contact   stop  DIN2  closed contact   start enabled  Application 3     8 DIN1  closed contact   start forward  Rising edge required to start     DIN2  closed contact   reference increases  motor potentiometer reference  this    parameter is automatically set to 4 if par  ID117 is set to 3 or 4      DIN3 
113. SpeedReference    Motor potentiometer reference   PID controller reference     select actual value  par  ID333 to ID339  and the PID control reference  par  ID332   If value 6 is selected for this parameter in Application 5  the values of parameters ID319  and ID301 are automatically set to 13    In Application 7  the functions Motorpotentiometer DOWN and Motorpotentiometer UP  must be connected to digital inputs  parameters ID417 and 1D418   if value 6 is selected  for this parameter     NOoh OD   Oo         Description of parameters 145 209        Honeywell    344 Reference scaling minimum value  place B 57  2 2 35  2 2 1 18   345 Reference scaling maximum value  place B 57  2 2 36  2 2 1 19     You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B  between the Minimum and Maximum frequency    If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0    In the figures below  input Al1 with signal range 0   100  is selected for Place B  reference    A Output A Output   frequency frequency   Max freq  ID102    Analogue   Analogue  input  V  M Min freq  ID101 1 input  V      gt     gt   10 0 10  NX12K35    Min freq  1ID101                   Figure 8 23  Left  Par  ID344 0  No reference scaling  Right  Reference scaling    346 Output freq  limit 2 supervision function 34567  2 3 12  2 3 4 3  2 3 2 3   0 No supervision  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision  3 Brake on control  Application 6 only  see chapter 9 1 on page 206   4 Brake on off con
114. act       PID Control Application    Honeywell    0 Not used  1 Al1 signal  c board   2 Al2 signal  c board                    3 Al3    4 Al4  Actual value 2 input 9 eae 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN3  6 Motor torque  7 Motor speed  8 Motor current  9 Motor power  P2 2 11   Actual value     1600 0     0 0 336   0 No minimum scaling  minimum scale 1600 0  Actual value 1 7    E   i  P2 2 12 1600 0 1600 0  o 100 0 337   100 No maximum scaling  Actual value 2      E me l  P2 2 13 1600 0 1600 0  o 0 0 338   0 No minimum scaling  p2 2 14   Actual value 2    1600 0     100 0 339   100 No maximum scaling  maximum scale 1600 0  3 TTF programming method  P2 2 15   Al1 signal selection a A 1 377 used  See page 65  0 Signal range 0 100    P2 2 16 Al1 signal range 2 0 320   1 Signal range 20 100    2 Custom range   p2 2 17 Plt custom minimum   460 00   160 00     0 00 321 i  setting  P2 2 18   _ Al custom  160 00   160 00       100 00 322  led  maximum setting      O Not inverted  P2 2 19 Alj inversion Ze 1 0 323  inverted  P2 2 20 Alt filter time   0 00   10 00 s 0 10 324   0 No filtering      TTF programming method  P2 2 21   Al2 signal selection oe A 2 388 ised  sce nada 65  0 0   20 mA   P2 2 22 Al2 signal range 2 1 325   1 4   20 mA   2 Customised   p2 2 03 Ale custom minimum   1699   160 00     0 00 326 a  setting  P2 2 24   _Al2 custom  160 00   160 00       100 00 327 Po  maximum setting      O Not inverted  P2 2 25 Al2 inversion bo ae 0 328 qelrivertad  P2 2 26 Al2 filter time 0 00 10
115. ake on dela  p23 211   FC temperature  supervision  p2 3 2 12   FC temperature    supervised value  Supervised  p2 3 2 14  Analogue input limit  supervision  p2 3 2 15   Analogue input       supervised value       a     300 0    L    a O     ine        Max Cust    300 0    100 0  100 0    100 0    100             ee  3    gt   v  o         O          Honeywell    Pump and Fan Control Application    O No limit  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    O No limit  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    0 Not used  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    0 Not used  1 Low limit  2 High limit    0 Not used    1 Low limit  2 High limit    1 Al2  O No limit  1 Low limit supervision    2 High limit supervision          Honeywell    7 5 4 3    Code    P2 3 3 1    P2 3 3 2    P2 3 3 3    P2 3 3 4    P2 3 3 5    P2 3 3 6    P2 3 3 7    Parameter  Analogue output  signal selection    Analogue output  function    Analogue output  filter time  Analogue output  inversion  Analogue output  minimum  Analogue output  scale  Analogue output          offset    7 5 4 4 Analogue output   _ Code _  _    Parameter  p23 4 1_   Analogue output 2  signal selection  p23 4 2   Analogue output 2  function  Analogue output 2  P2 3 4 3 eae a  p2 3 4 4   Analogue output 2  Inversion  Analogue output 2  P2 3 4 5 ogn ou  p234    Analogue output 2  scale  p2 3 47   Analogue output 2  offset             Min    10   100 00         Pump and Fan Control Application       Max 
116. al     4 4 12 Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s user s manual        48 209  PID Control Application Honeywell    5  PID CONTROL APPLICATION   Software ASFIFFO5     5 1 Introduction  Select the PID Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2     In the PID Control Application  there are two I O terminal control places  place A is the PID controller  and source B is the direct frequency reference  The control place A or B is selected with digital input  DIN6     The PID controller reference can be selected from the analogue inputs  fieldbus  motorised  potentiometer  enabling the PID Reference 2 or applying the control keypad reference  The PID  controller actual value can be selected from the analogue inputs  fieldbus  the actual values of the  motor or through the mathematical functions of these     The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and selected  from the analogue inputs  fieldbus  motor potentiometer or keypad     The PID Application is typically used to control level measuring or pumps and fans  In these  applications  the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measuring and  controlling package where no additional components are needed     e Digital inputs DIN2  DIN3  DIN5 and all the outputs are freely programmable     Additional functions
117. ameter row  Use TTF method to program these parameters       On parameter code  Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency    converter has been stopped     4 4 1 Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1     The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and  measurements  Monitoring values cannot be edited   See the product s User s Manual for more information                                                              Code Parameter Unit ID Description   V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor   V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to  motor control   V1 3 Motor speed rom 2 Motor speed in rpm   V1 4 Motor current A 3   V1 5 Motor torque   4 Calculated shaft torque   V1 6 _  Motor power   5__  Motor shaft power   V1 7 _  Motor voltage V 6   V1 8 DC link voltage V 7   V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature   V1 10   Motor temperature   9 Calculated motor  temperature   V1 11   Analogue input 1 V 13   All   V1 12   Analogue input 2 mA 14   Al2   V1 13   DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15   Digital input statuses   V1 14   DIN4  DIN5  DING 16   Digital input statuses   v1 15   DO1  RO1  RO2 17 Digital and relay output  statuses   V1 16   Analogue lout mA 26   AO1   M1 17   Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable  monitoring values                      Table 4 2  Monitoring values       Honeywell    4 4 2    Code    1  Jogging speed pref     Ul v  v  Uj U  0 0       CO  O ODINIOI O    P2 1 2
118. an be stopped any time with normal stop command and the para   meter is reset to its default setting  In case identification run detects fault or other prob   lems  the identification run is completed if possible  After the identification is finished  the  application checks the status of the identification and generates fault  warning if any   During Identification Run  the brake control is disabled  see chapter 9 1     CL  Start up torque  forward 23456  2 6 4 12  2 6 27 12     Sets the start up torque for forward direction if selected with par  ID621     CL  Start up torque  reverse 23456  2 6 4 13  2 6 27 13   Sets the start up torque for reverse direction if selected with par  ID621     Minimum frequency for Open Loop torque control 6  2 10 7     Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency converter operates in frequency  control mode    Because of the nominal slip of the motor  the internal torque calculation is inaccurate at  low speeds where is it recommended to use the frequency control mode     Speed controller P gain  Open Loop 6  2 6 13   Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode     Speed controller   gain  Open Loop 6  2 6 14   Defines the   gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode     Torque controller P gain 6  2 10 8   Defines the P gain of the torque controller     Torque controller I gain 6  2 10 9   Defines the   gain of the torque controller     Torque reference selection 6  2 10 3     Defines the sourc
119. between the minimum and maximum  frequencies  parameters ID101 and ID102     Al1 Al2 selection 6  2 2 7 17    With this parameter you can select either Al1 or Al2 signal for frequency reference     Start A signal 7  2 2 6 1    Start command from control place A    Default programming  A 1   Start B signal 7  2 2 6 2    Start command from control place B    Default programming  A 4   Control place A B selection 7  2 2 6 3    Contact open  Control place A   Contact closed  Control place B   Default programming  A 6   Autochange 1 interlock 7  2 2 6  18    Contact closed  Interlock of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated   Default programming  A 2    Autochange 2 interlock 7  2 2 6 19    Contact closed  Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated   Default programming  A 3    Autochange 3 interlock 7  2 2 6 20    Contact closed  Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated     Autochange 4 interlock 7  2 2 6 21   Contact closed  Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated     Autochange 5 interlock 7  2 2 6 22   Contact closed  Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated     PID reference 2 7  2 2 6 23    Contact open  PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332   Contact closed  PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with par  ID371   Ready 67  2 3 3 1  2 3 1 1    The frequency converter is ready to operate        159 209        160 209     433    434    435    436    437    438    439    440    4
120. ctory default          Standard Application        Honeywell    2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application    R3 2 Keypad reference    joeesedceces VO Reference  pocis Keypad Ctrl Reference  Fieldbus Ctrl Reference                Preset eed 2  eas ne  See pacilalie ta  oh ID125 Control place  it i  I i l Pi i  ES  tt  E Li  fi pasad  Internal frequency  I I  E i      I  I       I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  1 reference  I  I  I  I     I  I  I  I  I  I  I    Reset button  Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons  Start Stop from fieldous  Direction from fieldbus    Start forward Progra aS Start Stop     programmable  art Stop and    reverse logic    Start reverse  programmable     ID123 Keypad direction  Fault reset input    Internal fault reset  External fault input  programmable     NX1201       Internal Start Stap    Reverse  Internal reverse          Figure 2 1  Control signal logic of the Standard Application       14 209     Standard Application Honeywell    2 4 Standard Application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205  The descriptions are arranged according to  the ID number of the parameter     Column explanations     Code    Parameter  Min   Max   Unit  Default  Cust   ID    2 4 1      Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present parameter    number      Name of parameter    Minimum value of parame
121. dent   given with one decimal point   Table 8 13     Fieldbus data IN selections 1 to 8    Using these parameters  you can control any monitoring or parameter value from the  fieldbus  Enter the ID number of the item you wish to control for the value of these  parameters        Honeywell    1001    1002    1003    1004  1005  1006  1007  1008  1009    1010    1011           Description of parameters 187 209        Number of auxiliary drives 7  2 9 1     With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined  The functions  controlling the auxiliary drives  parameters ID458 to ID462  can be programmed to relay  outputs or digital output  By default  one auxiliary drive is in use and it is programmed to  relay output RO1 at B 1     Start frequency  auxiliary drive 1 7  2 9 2     The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the limit  defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started  The 1 Hz  overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops  See Figure 8 54   See also parameters ID101 and ID102  page 121     Stop frequency  auxiliary drive 1 7  2 9 3     The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1Hz  below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped  The  stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive  controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxil
122. e 3 3 ue 2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  p2 1 15   Jogging speed   0 00  Par  21 2  Hz   ooo 124  reference       Table 3 3  Basic parameters G2 1       3 4 3    P2 2 3    P2 2 4    P2 2 5  P2 2 6    P2 2 7    P2 2 8    P2 2 9    P2 2 10    P2 2 11    P2 2 13    P2 2 14       Honeywell    Code    P2 2 12       Input signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 2        Parameter Min Max    Place A Start Stop  logic selection    DINS function 13    All custom setting   _  60 00   160 00  minimum       Al1 custom setting  maximum  160 00 160 00  Al1 signal inversion ofa      Alt signal filter time   oe   10 00    Al2 custom setting  minimu  160 00 160 00  Al2 custom setting   _  60 00   160 00  maximum   i  Al2 signal inversion Foo fot    Al2 signal filter time   200 10 00    Unit    N         n          Default    A 1    0 00    100 0    0 10    A 2    0 00    100 00    0 10       Local Remote Control Application    Cust          ID Note  DIN      DIN2     0   Start fwd Start rvs  1  Start Stop Reverse  2  Start Stop Run enable   300  3  Start pulse Stop pulse  4   Start fwd Mot  pot  UP  5   Fwd  Rvs   6   Start  Stop Rvs Fwd  7   Start  Stop Run enable  8   Start fwd  Mot pot UP    301    377    320    321    322    323    324    388    325    326    327    328    329                0 Not used   1 Ext  fault  closing cont    2 Ext  fault  opening cont    3 Run enable   4 Acc  Dec  time select    5 Force cp  to lO   6 Force cp  to keypad   7 Force cp  to fieldbus   8 Reverse   9 Jogging sp
123. e for torque reference   Not used   Analogue input 1   Analogue input 2   Analogue input 3   Analogue input 4   Analogue input 1  joystick   Analogue input 2  joystick    From keypad  parameter R3 5  Fieldbus torque reference    ONOoaBRWDN     OO    Torque reference scaling  maximum value 6  2 10 4   Torque reference scaling  minimum value 6  2 10 5     Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analogue inputs within   300 0   300 0         176 209     644    645  646    649    650    654    655    656    662    665    667    668  669  670    Description of parameters Honeywell    Torque speed limit  NXS 6  2 10 6   With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected     Q Maximum frequency  1 Selected frequency reference  2 Preset speed 7    NXP drives have more selections for this parameter  See page 200   Negative torque limit 6  2 6 27 21    Positive torque limit 6  2 6 27 22    Defines the torque limit for positive and negative directions     PMS motor shaft position 6  2 6 28 4   Identified zero shaft position when using absolute encoder for PMS motor     Motor type 6  2 6 28  1    Select used motor type with this parameter    0 Induction motor   1 Permanent magnet synchronous motor   Enable Rs identification 6  2 6 28 5    Stator resistance identification at start    0 No   1 Yes   Modulator index limit   This parameter can be used to increase motor voltage in field weakening area     Load drooping time   This function is used in orde
124. e freely programmable   Additional functions     Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic   Reference scaling   One frequency limit supervision   Second ramps and S shape ramp programming   Programmable start and stop functions   DC brake at stop   One prohibit frequency area   Programmable U f curve and switching frequency   Autorestart   Motor thermal and stall protection  Programmable action  off  warning  fault    The parameters of the Standard Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual  The  explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter        12 209     2 2 Control I O    Standard Application    Honeywell                                                                                                          Reference potentiometer    OPT A1  1   10 kQ Terminal Signal Description  pas      10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc   ee al 2 Al1  Analogue input  voltage range   Voltage input frequency reference  0   10V DC  eerste ey  3 Ali  1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls  4 Al2  Analogue input  current range Current input frequency reference  5 Al2  0   20mA  ee 6  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  y a 7 GND 1 O ground Ground for reference and controls  Rom        8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed   start forward  l  programmable       pea ee EREE 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed   start reverse   programmable   p  10 DIN3 External fault input Contact op
125. ected with par  ID356              In this example the programming of par   ID463   B 1 NX12k116    Figure 8 25  An example of On Off contro        PID controller minimum limit  PID controller maximum limit    Free analogue input  signal selection    0   Not in use  1   Voltage signal Uin  2   Current signal lin    Free analogue input  function   This parameter is used for selecting a  function for a free analogue input signal   0   Function is not in use    1   Reduces motor current limit  ID107     This signal will adjust the maximum  motor current between 0 and max  limit  set with ID107  See Figure 8 26     2   Reduces DC braking current     DC braking current can be reduced with  the free analogue input signal between  zero current and the current set with  the parameter ID507  See Figure 8 27     Description of parameters     2 2 30    2 2 31     With these parameters you can set the minimum and maximum limits for the PID  controller output    Limit setting   1600 0   of fmax   lt  par  ID359  lt  par  ID360  lt  1600 0   of fmax     These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain  I time and D time  for the PID controller     34     2 2 21  2 2 18     100  S  Par  ID107        2 2 20  2 2 17   Selection of input signal of a free analogue input  an input not used for reference signal      Torque limit      Analogue    input          Custom    Figure 8 26  Scaling of max  motor current    100   gt   Par  ID507    Custom         Free analogue  input   
126. ection  Analogue output 2  p2 3 14   Analogue output2   9 gg  filter time  Analogue output 2  P2316 Analogue output 2 0  minimum  P2317 Analogue output 2 10  scaling    Table 2 5  Output signals  G2 3             Max    10 00    1000    16    16  16    320 00    10 00    1000       Unit         Hz         Standard Application    Output signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3     Default    A 1       Cust          307    308    309    310    311    312    313  314    315    316    471    472    473    474    475    476          Note   TTF programming method  used  See page 65   0 Not used  1 Output freq   0   fmax   2 Freq  reference  O   fmax   3 Motor speed  0   Motor   nominal speed   4 Motor current  O   Inmotor   5 Motor torque  0O   Tnmotor   6 Motor power  O   Prmotor   7 Motor voltage  0  Unmotor   8 DC link volt  O   1000V     O No filtering    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA   1 4 mA    0 Not used   1 Ready   2 Run   3 Fault   4 Fault inverted   5 FC overheat warning  6 Ext  fault or warning  7 Ref  fault or warning  8 Warning   9 Reversed   10 Preset speed 1  11 At speed   12 Mot  regulator active  13 OP freq  limit 1 superv   14 Control place  IO  15 Thermistor fault warng  16 Fieldbus input data  As parameter 2 3 7   As parameter 2 3 7  O No limit   1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    TTF programming method  used  See page 65     As parameter 2 3 2    O No filtering    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA   1 4 mA    Standard Application Honey
127. ects the frequency that  303   corresponds to the min    reference signal   Selects the frequency that   corresponds to the max   304   reference signal   0 00   No scaling    gt 0   scaled max  value   Selects the frequency that  364   corresponds to the min    reference signal   Selects the frequency that   corresponds to the max   365   reference signal   0 00   No scaling    gt 0   scaled max  value   0 Not used  361   1 Uin  analogue volt  input   2 lin  analogue curr  input    0 No function   1 Reduces current limit    par  2 1 5    2 Reduces DC braking  362 current   3 Reduces accel  and   decel  times   4 Reduces torque   supervision limit    Start rvs  Rvs Fwd    363          AARON  O     331    O No reset   1 Reset if stopped or  powered down   2 Reset if powered down    367    498 0 Run state not copied  1 Run state copied           Rising edge required to start       Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See the product s User s Manual        Honeywell             3 4 4 Output signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3   Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default  P2 31 AO1 signal y A   selection  Analogue output  i   eF  Analogue output  P2 3 3 filter time 000   10 00 s 1 00  inversion  Analogue output  p2 3 6   Analogue output 1000   100  scale  Digital output 1  l l i  Relay output 1  Relay output 2  p2 3 10   Output frequency 2 0  limit 1 supervision  Output frequency  P2 3 11 limit 1  320 00 Hz 0 00  Supervision value  p2 3 12   Output frequency 2 0  l
128. ed together   isolated from GND    CMB connected to GND  CMA connected to GND          els      Factory default           50 209  PID Control Application Honeywell    5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application       External fault  programmable   Jogging speed  programmable                 2 5 VO B Reference    2224 PID main referencd                _           Motor           4potentiomete    PIT PID reference di                                                  I  if  I  l  I  l  I  I  I  I  l  l  I  l  i   i  0 i  I  R3 4 PID keypad refer  2 a  3    E 4 T  0 ea  1 i  2 a  3 1    rd  4 14   5   i 1   gt  T 1   0  a  tae H a  K       2 1 19 Jogging speed rei  Pieces ee  HHH 5   i O o acg  i ol  en  Internal  Leg 1  1 Internal  fr     2    Keypad equency ref  a    Fieldous  4  5 1  1  l  i                                l  f  i     Reference from fieldbus Peset button  Start Stop from fieldbus  aB iN ae  ENPRE EEEE TOE 4 vee   owe  anaes    Start  Place A i          A   Start Stop  N    _Internal Start Stop  DIMO  oat Pace B B  i   a O   ___ Internal reverse  3 3 Keypad direction   Fault reset input  programmable  ire eis  NX12k04 fh8             Figure 5 1  Control signal logic of the PID Control Application       Honeywell          PID Control Application    5 4 PID Application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205     Column exp
129. ee below  The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are                            also given   1 Basic Application 5 PID Control Application  2 Standard Application 6 Multi Purpose Control Application  3 Local Remote Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application  4 Multi Step Speed Control Application  101 Minimum frequency  2 1  2 1 1   102 Maximum frequency  2 2  2 1 2   Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter   The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz   The software will automatically check the values of parameters ID105  ID106 and ID728   103 Acceleration time 1  2 3  2 1 3   104 Deceleration time 1  2 4  2 1 4   These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from  the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency  par   D102    105 Preset speed 1 1246  2 18  2 1 14  2 1 15   106 Preset speed 2 1246  2 19  2 1 15  2 1 16   Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum  frequencies  par  ID101  ID102    Note the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Application  See  parameters ID419  ID420 and ID421   Multi step speed   Multi step speed  Ten sel  1  DIN4  sel  2  DIN5   Basic speed 0 0  ID105 1 0  ID106 0 1  Table 8 1  Preset speed  107 Current limit  2 5  2 1 5     This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the frequency converter   The parameter value range differs from size to size  When this parame
130. eed   10 Fault reset   11 Acc  Dec  operation  prohibit   12 DC Braking command   13 Motor potentiometer  DOWN   TTF programming method   used  See page 65    0 0   100      1 20   100      2 Custom setting range     Analogue input 1 scale   minimum   Analogue input 1 scale   maximum   Analogue input 1   reference inversion yes no   Analogue input 1   reference filter time    constant   TTF programming method   used  See page 65    0 0     20 mA     1 4     20 mA     2 custom setting range   Analogue input 2 scale   minimum   Analogue input 2 scale   maximum   Analogue input 2   reference inversion yes no   Analogue input 2   reference filter time    constant             P2 2 16    Place A Reference  scaling minimum Hz  value    P2 2 17    P2 2 18    P2 2 19    P2 2 20    P2 2 21    P2 2 23    P2 2 24       Table 3 4     P2 2 22    Local Remote Control Application    Place B Start Stop  logic selection    Place A Reference  scaling maximum  value    Hz    Place B Reference  scaling minimum Hz  value    Place B Reference  scaling maximum  value    320 00 Hz    Free analogue input   signal selection    Free analogue input   function    Motor potentiometer    ramp time Hz s    Motor potentiometer  frequency reference  memory reset       Start pulse memory       Input signals  G2 2    0 00    0 00    0 00    0 00    10 0                   Honeywell    Start fwd  Start Stop  Start Stop Run enable  Start pulse Stop pulse  Fwd  Rvs   Start  Stop Rvs Fwd  Start  Stop Run enable   Sel
131. eference    I O B reference  selection    Keypad control 7  reference selection    7  reference selection    Fieldbus control    Actual value 7  selection  Actual value 1 10    selection    PID Control Application    Unit Default    10             Cust       319    301    330    376    343    121    122    333    334          0 Not used   1 External fault cc  2 External fault oc  3 Run enable  4 Acc Dec time selection  5 CP  I O terminal  6 CP  Keypad   7 CP  Fieldbus  8 Forward Reverse  9 Jogging frequency  cc   10 Fault reset  cc   11 Acc Dec prohibit  cc   12 DC braking command  13 Motor pot  UP  cc   See above except   13 Motor pot  DOWN  cc     See above except    0 Direct PID output value   1 Al1 PID output   2 Al2 PID output   3 Al3 PID output   4 Al4 PID output   5 PID keypad PID output   6 Fieldbus PID output   ProcessDatalN3    7 Mot pot  PID output   0 Al1   1 Al2   2 Al3   3 Al4   4 Keypad reference   5 Fieldbus reference   FBSpeedReference    6 Motor potentiometer   7 PID controller    As in par  2 2 5    As in par  2 2 5    0 Actual value 1   1 Actual 1   Actual 2  2 Actual 1     Actual 2  3 Actual 1   Actual 2  4 Max Actual 1  Actual 2   5 Min Actual 1  Actual 2   6 Mean Actual1  Actual2   7 Saqrt  Act1    Sqrt  Act2   0 Not used   1 Al1 signal  c board   2 Al2 signal  c board   3 Al3   4 Al4   5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN2  6 Motor torque   7 Motor speed   8 Motor current   9 Motor power  10 Encoder frequency    CP control place  cc closing contact oc opening cont
132. egWidth   b5 TC ForceRampStop  Under stop request the speed limit forces the motor to stop    Brake On Off current limit 6  2 3 4  16     If motor current falls below this value the brake is closed immediately   This parameter is available for NXP drives only     Scaling of generating torque limit 6  2 2 6 6   0   Parameter   1 All   2 Al2   3  Al3   4   Al4    5   FB limit scaling    This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating torque between 0 and max  limit  set with parameter ID1288  This parameter is available for NXP drives only     Scaling of generating power limit 6  2 2 6 8     Parameter   Ali   Al2   Al3   Al4   FB limit scaling    akan  o    This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating power between 0 and max  limit  set with parameter ID1290  This parameter is available for NXP drives only    Follower stop function 6  2 11 2    Defines how the follower drive stops     0 Coasting  follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault  1 Ramping  follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault  2 As master  follower behaves as master    Reset encoder counter 6  2 2 7 29     Resets the monitoring values Shaft Angle and Shaft Rotations to zero   The parameter is available for NXP drives only        Honeywell    1092    1093    1209    1210    1213    1218    1239  1240    1241    1244    1248           Description of parameters 199 209   Master Follower mode 2 6  2 2 7 31    Select the digital input to activate the second Mast
133. egative value uses 0 1 ms  accuracy instead of 1 ms    0 Not used   1 Torque memory  2 Torque reference  3 Start up torque fwd rev          86 209     6 6 9  Code    U  N  O  wo    P2 6 16    P2 6 17  P2 6 18    P2 6 19    P2 6 20    P2 6 21    P2 6 22    Multi purpose Control Application    Honeywell    NXP drives  Motor control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6     Parameter    Motor control mode       m  oO    U f optimisation    U f ratio selection       Field weakening  point  Voltage at field  weakening point  U f curve midpoint  frequenc    U f curve midpoint  voltage    Output voltage at  zero frequency    Switching frequency    Overvoltage  controller    Undervoltage  controller    Motor control  mode 2  Speed controller  P gain  open loop  Speed controller    gain  open loop  Load drooping    Identification       Restart dela  Load drooping time  Negat  frequency  limit   Posit  frequency  limit  Generator torque  limit  Motoring torque  limit    Min    8 00  10 00    0 00    0 00    2  2   e     0 000  0     320 00   320 00  0 0    0 0       Max Unit Default Cust    3 0  320 00 Hz 50 00  200 00   100 00  Paes 50 00  100 00   100 00  40 00   Varies  Varies kHz Varies    32767 3000    ine           32767 300  100 00   0 00  65 535   s   Varies  32000 0   320 00  320 00  320 00 320 00  300 0   300 0    Table 6 25  Motor control parameters  NXP drives    ID    4  Q    o    4  oO        602    603    604    605    for   Oo    Bg    607    608    521    637  
134. en   no fault  ee ae  programmable  Contact closed   fault  I 11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V  l  l 12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6   l ee  7222  13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  l   M 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref   l   15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref  Uin  i a l Closed Open Multi step ref 1  Ta a R Open Closed Multi step ref 2  l i Closed Closed Ref  lin  I I 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open   no action  H   i SSS Contact closed   fault reset  17 CMB Common for DIN4Q   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V    l c 18 AO1  Output frequency Programmable  l READY l L  19 AO1  Analogue output Range 0   20 mA R   max  5009  l         ee en Es DO1 Digital output Programmable  READY Open collector  Is50mA  U lt 48 VDC  l l OPT A3  l   21 RO1 Relay output 1   Programmable  i RUN a ail a e RUN  SSe L e 23  RO       24 RO2 A Relay output 2   Programmable  20 Sa Jaa 25 RO2 FAULT  VAC     H      26   RO2       a 28 THA Thermistor input    one  gt  E ENNE T E e TH 2 Thermistor input                Table 2 1  Standard application default I O configuration     Note  See jumper selections below   More information in the product s  User s Manual        Jumper block X3   CMA and CMB grounding     ee    oe     ele   CMB isolated from GND  ee CMA isolated from GND    CMB and CMA  internally connected together   isolated from GND    CMB connected to GND  CMA connected to GND       sls      Fa
135. en  set the value 3        500  501    502  503    504    505       Honeywell        Description of parameters 165 209   Acceleration Deceleration ramp 1 shape 234567  2 4 1   Acceleration Deceleration ramp 2 shape 234567  2 4 2     The start and end of acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these  parameters  Setting value 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and  deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal    Setting value 0 1   10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped  acceleration deceleration  The acceleration time is determined with parameters  1ID103 ID104  ID502 ID503      I  i  I  ID103  ID104_   ID502  ID503  i   l   1    ID500  ID501      lt  gt   1D500  ID501  t          NX12K20       Figure 8 42  Acceleration Deceleration  S shaped     Acceleration time 2 234567  2 4 3   Deceleration time 2 234567  2 4 4     These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from  the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency  par  ID102   These parameters give  the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application   The active set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3  par  D301      Brake chopper 234567  2 4 5     0   No brake chopper used   1   Brake chopper in use and tested when running  Can be tested also in READY  state   2   External brake chopper  no testing    3   Used and tested in READY state and when running   4
136. en the speed controller gain is changed from ID613 to  ID1295    Speed controller gain in field weakening area 6  2 6 27 28    The relative gain of the speed controller in the field weakening area as a percentage of  par  ID613    Speed controller gain f0 6  2 6 27 27     The relative gain of the speed controller as a percentage of par   D613 when the speed  is below the level defined by ID1300           204 209     1300    1301    1304    1305    1306    1307    1311    Description of parameters Honeywell    Speed controller f0 point 6  2 6 27 26   The speed level in Hz below which the speed controller gain is equal to par   ID1299     Speed controller f1 point 6  2 6 27 25     The speed level in Hz above which the speed controller gain is equal to par  D613   From the speed defined by par  ID1300 to speed defined by par  ID1301  the speed  controller gain changes linearly from par  ID1299 to ID613 and vice versa    Window positive 6  2 10 12     Defines size of window to positive direction     Window negative 6  2 10 11     Defines size of window to negative direction     Window positive Off limit 6  2 10 14    Defines speed controller positive off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to  window    Window negative Off limit 6  2 10 13    Defines speed controller negative off limit when the speed controller brings speed back  to window    Speed error filter PC 6  2 6 27 33    Filter time constant for speed reference and actual speed error        Honeywell       
137. equency control  The default current value is 120  at zero  frequency  Use linear U f curve  ID108   120  starting torque should now be possible  Sometimes  increasing the frequency limit  ID635  will improve the run  The Frequency limit is the critical point   Increase the zero frequency point to get enough current at frequency limit             Appendices 209 209        Honeywell    9 4 Parameters of motor thermal protection  ID   s 704 to 708    General    The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating  The drive is capable of  supplying higher than nominal current to the motor  If the load requires this high current there is a  risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded  This is the case especially at low frequencies  At low  frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced as well as its capacity  If the motor is equipped  with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small    The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output current of the  drive to determine the load on the motor    The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters  The thermal current ly specifies the  load current above which the motor is overloaded  This current limit is a function of the output  frequency    The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display  See the product s  user s manual        CAUTION  The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the  motor 
138. er  2   Follower    3   Current master   4   Current follower   SystemBus fault delay 6  2 7 31    Defines the delays for the fault generation when heartbeat is missing     Flux 10   150  6  2 6 29 1     2 6 29  15    Motor voltage corresponding to 10     150  of flux as a percentage of nominal flux  voltage    Speed control output limit 6  2 10 15     The maximum torque limit for the speed controller output as a percentage of the motor  nominal torque        202 209     1401    1402    1412    1413    1414    1420    1424    Description of parameters Honeywell    Stop state flux 6  2 6 27 24    The amount of flux as a percentage of the motor nominal flux maintained in the motor  after the drive is stopped  The flux is maintained for the time set by parameter ID1402   This parameter can be used in closed loop motor control mode only    Flux off delay 6  2 6 27 23     The flux defined by parameter ID1401 is maintained in the motor for the set time after  the drive is stopped     0 No flux after the motor is stopped    gt 0 The flux off delay in seconds    lt 0 The flux is maintained in the motor after stop until the next Run request is given to  the drive   Torque stabilator gain 6  2 6 28 6     Additional gain for the torque stabilator at zero frequency     Torque stabilatordamping 6  2 6 28  7    This parameter defines the time constant for the torque stabilator  The greater the  parameter value  the shorter the time constant    Torque stabilator gain FWP 6  2 6 28 8    The 
139. er Follower mode selected by  parameter ID1093  The parameter is available for NXP drives only    Master Follower mode 2 selection 6  2 11 7     Select Master Follower mode 2 that is used when the DI is activated  When Follower is  selected the Run Request command is monitored from Master and all other references  are selectable by parameters     0   Single Drive  1   Master  2   Follower    3   Current master   4   Current follower   Input switch acknowledgement 6  2 2 7 32    Select the digital input to acknowledge the status of the input switch  The input switch   is normally a switch fuse unit or main contactor with which the power is fed to the   drive  If the input switch acknowledgement is missing  the drive trips at Input switch open  fault  F64   The parameter is available for NXP drives only    External brake acknowledgement 6  2 2 7 24    If no acknowledgement is received within given time the drive will generate a brake fault   The parameter is available for NXP drives only    Emergency stop 6  2 2 7 30    Select the digital input to activate the emergency stop input to the drive  When the digital  input is down the drive stops as per the parameter definition of ID1276 Emergency stop  mode  The parameter is available for NXP drives only    DC ready pulse 6  2 3 3 29     Charge DC  Used to charge the inverter drive through OEVA type of input switch  When  the DC link voltage is above the charging level a 2 second pulse train is generated to  close the input switch 
140. er motor nominal current and the drive s  nominal current l4 are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value  If other than  nominal motor is used with the drive  the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases     9 7 Fieldbus control parameters  ID   s 850 to 859     The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from  the fieldbus  Modbus  Profibus  DeviceNet etc    With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1   8 you can  monitor values from the fieldbus     
141. erence  Menu M3  Al1 Al2   3 Fieldbus reference Al1i Al2   4 Al2   Al1   5 Al1 Al2   6 Alt joystick   7 Al2 joystick   8 Keypad reference  Menu M3    9 Fieldbus reference       Potentiometer reference  controlled with DIN5                         12  TRUE increase  and DING  TRUE decrease    11 Alt or Al2  whichever is lower   12 Alt or Al2  whichever is greater   13 Max  frequency   recommended in torque control only    14 Al1 Al2 selection   15 Encoder 1   16 Encoder 2  With OPT A7 Speed             Synchronization  NXP only           Table 8 2  Selections for parameter ID117    PID controller gain 57  2 1 12     This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller  If the value of the paramter is set  to 100  a change of 10  in the error value causes the controller output to change by  10   If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as  D controller   See examples on page 126     PID controller   time 57  2 1 13     The parameter ID119 defines the integration time of the PID controller  If this parameter  is set to 1 00 second a change of 10  in the error value causes the controller output to  change by 10 00  s  If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will  operate as PD controller    See examples on page 126     Motor cos phi  2 10  2 1 10   Find this value    cos phi    on the rating plate of the motor        Honeywell    121    122    124    126  127  128  129  130    Keypad frequency reference selection       Description of para
142. euk Nominal        777777    voltage of the motor Field weakening point          ID605    Ca i Default  Nominal  ID606 1 l frequency of the motor   Def  1 3     if  flHz   ID604 ID602    NX12K08        Def  5 Hz        Figure 8 2  Programmable U f curve       Honeywell    109    110    111    112    113           Description of parameters 123 209        Linear with flux optimisation    3 The frequency converter starts to search for the minimum motor current in  order to save energy  lower the disturbance level and the noise  This function  can be used in applications with constant motor load  such as fans  pumps  etc     U f optimisation  2 13  2 6 2     Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the motor   torque produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies  The voltage   boost increase depends on the motor type and power  Automatic torque boost  can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction  is high  e g  in conveyors     EXAMPLE     What changes are required to start with load from 0 Hz     First set the motor nominal values  Parameter group 2 1      Option 1  Activate the Automatic torque boost     Option 2  Programmable U f curve   To get torque you need to set the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency  in  parameter group 2 6  so that the motor takes enough current at low frequencies    First set par   D108 to Programmable U f curve  value 2   Increase zero point voltage   ID606  to get
143. f your choice with this parameter  For  more information  see Chapter 6 4    Terminal To Function     TTF  programming principle   Al3 signal filter time 567  2 2 41  2 2 4 2     When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out  disturbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated    Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower  See parameter ID324   Al3 signal range 567  2 2 39  2 2 4 3    With this parameter you can select the Al3 signal range                          Applic  5   6 7  Sel   0 0   100  0   100  0   100   1 20   100  20   100  20   100   2    10    10V Customised  3 Customised                Table 8 6  Selections for parameter ID143    Al3 custom setting minimum 67  2 2 4 4   Al3 custom setting maximum 67  2 2 4 5     Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the Al3 signal within  160   160      Al3 signal inversion 567  2 2 40  2 2 4 6     0   No inversion  1   Signal inverted    Al4 signal selection 567  2 2 42  2 2 5 1   See ID141   Al4 filter time 567  2 2 45  2 2 5 2   See ID142   Al4 signal range 567  2 2 43  2 2 5 3   See 1D143   Al4 custom setting minimum 67  2 2 5 3  2 2 5 4   Al4 custom setting maximum 67  2 2 5 4  2 2 5 5     See ID   s 144 and 145     Al4 signal inversion 567  2 2 44  2 2 5 5  2 2 5 6   See ID151    Motor control mode 1 2 6  2 2 7 22    Contact is open   Motor control mode 1 is selected    Contact is cloosed  Motor control mode 2 is selected  See parameter ID s 600 and 521  
144. frequency limit  Ramp generator output with window   0     Ramp generator output   Ramp generator output with window and On Off limits    NOOB OND         For the selection of this parameter in NXS drives  see page 176     Positive frequency limit 6  2 6 20   Maximum frequency limit for the drive  The parameter is available for NXP drives only     Negative frequency limit 6  2 6 19   Minimum frequency limit for the drive  The parameter is available for NXP drives only     Motoring torque limit 6  2 6 22    Defines the maximum motoring side torque limit  The parameter is available for NXP  drives only    Generator torque limit 6  2 6 21    Defines the maximum generating side torque limit  The parameter is available for NXP  drives only    Motoring power limit 6  2 6 27 20    Defines the maximum motoring side power limit     Generator power limit 6  2 6 27 19   Defines the maximum generating side power limit        Honeywell    1316    1317    1324    1352    1355 to  1369    1382           Description of parameters 201 209        Brake fault response 6  2 7 28   Defines the action when a brake fault is detected     Brake fault delays 6  2 7 29    The delay before the brake fault is activated  Used when there is mechanical delay in the  brake    Master Follower selection 6  2 11 1     Select Master Follower mode  When the value Follower is selected the Run Request  command is monitored from Master  All other references are selectable by parameters     0   Single Drive  1   Mast
145. function 12345  2 17  2 2 2     0 Not used   1 External fault  closing contact     2 External fault  opening contact     3 Run enable  contact open    contact closed     Application 1    4 Run enable contact open      contact closed      Applications 2 to 5   4    NOO    Acc  Dec contact open    time select  contact closed      Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the  input is active    Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the  input is not active    Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped  Motor start enabled    Motor start enabled  Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped    Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected  Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected    Closing contact  Force control place to I O terminal   Closing contact  Force control place to keypad   Closing contact  Force control place to fieldbus   When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop  Direction and  Reference valid in the respective control place are used  reference according to  parameters ID117  1ID121 and ID122     Note  The value of parameter ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change   When DIN opens the control place is selected according to parameter 3 1     Applications 2 to 5     8    Reverse contact open    contact closed    Applications 3 to 5     9    Jogging sp  contact closed    10 Faultreset contactclosed    11 Acc  dec  operation prohibited    contact closed      12 DC braking command    contact closed      Forward  Can be used for reversing 
146. g the ID number    Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1                                                                                                  Code Parameter Unit ID Description  V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor  V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control  V1 3 Motor speed rom 2 Motor speed in rom  V1 4 Motor current A 3  V1 5 Motor torque   4 Calculated shaft torque  V1 6 Motor power   5 Motor shaft power  V1 7 Motor voltage V 6  V1 8 DC link voltage V 7  V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature  V1 10 Motor temperature A 9 Calculated motor temperature  V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 Ali  V1 12   Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2  V1 13   DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15 Digital input statuses  V1 14   DIN4  DIN5  DING 16 Digital input statuses  V1 15 Analogue output 1 V mA 26 AO1  V1 16   Analogue input 3 V mA 27 Al3  V1 17   Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4  V1 18   Torque reference   18  V1 19   PT 100 temperature C   42 mi temperature of Used P1100  G1 20 Multimonitoring items mi three selectable monitoring  V1 21 1   Current A 1113   Unfiltered motor current  V1 21 2   Torque   1125   Unfiltered motor torque  V1 21 3   DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage  V1 21 4   Status Word 43  V1 21 5   Motor Current to FB A 45   Motor current  drive independent   given with one decimal point       Table 6 2  Monitoring values  NXS drives          Multi purpose Control Application                                                  
147. ge       If Start forward  DIN1  and Start reverse  DIN2  signals are active simultaneously  the Start forward signal  DIN1  has priority     Figure 8 6  Start forward Start reverse    1 DIN1  closed contact   start  DIN2  closed contact   reverse  See below     open contact   stop  open contact   forward    A    Output Stop function  frequency  ID506     coasting       NX12K10       Figure 8 7  Start  Stop  Reverse    2 DIN1  closed contact   start open contact   stop  DIN2  closed contact   start enabled open contact   start disabled and drive stopped  if running   DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command        132 209     Description of parameters Honeywell    3 3 wire connection  pulse control    DIN1  closed contact   start pulse  DIN2  open contact   stop pulse   DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command   See Figure 8 8     A    Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are  frequency D506  simultaneous the Stop pulse  i overrides the Start pulse             Figure 8 8  Start pulse  Stop pulse     The selections including the text  Rising edge required to start    shall be used to  exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when  for example  power is connected   re connected after a power failure  after a fault reset  after the drive is stopped by Run  Enable  Run Enable   False  or when the control place is changed  The Start Stop  contact must be opened before the motor can be started     Applications 2 and 4   4 DIN1  closed contact   start forward  
148. general gain for the torque stabilatorx        Prevention of startup 6  2 2 7 25    This parameter is enabled when the    Prevention of start    circuit is used to inhibit the gate  pulses  The parameter is available for NXP drives only    Restart delay 6  2 6 17     The delay time within which the drive can not be restarted after the coast stop  The time  can be set up to 60 000 seconds  The parameter is available for NXP drives only        Honeywell           Description of parameters 203 209        8 1 Speed control parameters  application 6 only     1295    1296    1297    1298    1299                 Gain           w SpeedControl_Kp_FW                 100             w   SpeedControl_Kp_f0           w   SpeedControl_f0  SpeedControl_f1     w   FieldWeakeningPoint          Figure 8 65 Speed Controller adaptive gain    Speed controller torque minimum gain 6  2 6 27 30    The relative gain as a percentage of ID613 of the speed controller when the torque refer   ence or the speed control output is less than the value of par  ID1296  This parameter is  normally used to stabilise the speed controller for a drive system with gear backlash   Speed controller torque minimum 6  2 6 27 29     The level of torque reference below which the speed controller gain is changed from  ID613 to ID1295   This is in percentage of motor nominal torque  The change is filtered  according to par  ID1297    Speed controller torque minimum filtering time 6  2 6 27 31    The filter time in ms used wh
149. gging speed  see par  1ID124    Contact closed  Jogging speed selected for frequency reference  Fault reset   Contact closed  All faults reset    Acceleration Deceleration prohibited  Contact closed  No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened       140 209     12 DC braking command    13 Motor potentiometer UP    A       Description of parameters Honeywell    Contact closed  In Stop mode  the DC braking operates until the contact is opened   See Figure 8 17     Contact closed  Reference increases until the contact is opened     Output  frequency       A                Output  frequency    NX12K32    Figure 8 17  DC braking command  selection 12  selected for DIN2   Left  Stop mode   Ramp  Right  Stop mode   Coasting    320    321  322    All signal range    34567  2 2 4  2 2 16  2 2 2 3              Applic  3 4 5 6 7  Sel   0 0   100  0   100  0   100   1 20   100  20   100  20   100   2 Customised    10    10V Customised  3 Customised                            Table 8 9  Selections for parameter ID320    For selection  Customised   see parameters ID321 and ID322     Al1 custom setting minimum  Al1 custom setting maximum    160      34567  2 2 5  2 2 17  2 2 2 4   34567  2 2 6  2 2 18  2 2 2 5     These parameters set the analogue input signal for any input signal span within  160          Honeywell    323    324       Description of parameters    All signal inversion 3457  2 2 7  2 2 19  2 2 2 6     If this parameter   0  no inversion   of analogue
150. goes below the  limit    Wake up happens  when actual value  exceeds the   limit    Wake up happens    The limit defined  with parameter  1D1018 is in per   cent of the maxi   mum actual value    The limit defined  with parameter  1D1018 is in per   cent of the maxi   mum actual value    The limit defined  with parameter  1ID1018 is in per   cent of the cur   rent value of the  reference signal    The limit defined  with parameter  1D1018 is in per   cent of the current  value of the refer   ence signal    Actual value signal    Par  1ID1018 30   time    Actual value signal    Par  ID1018 60     Actual value signal    reference 50     Par ID1018 60   limit 60    reference 30     Actual value signal    Par ID1018 140   limit 140   reference 70     reference 50              Figure 8 57  Selectable wake up functions    Honeywell       Honeywell    1020    1021  1022  1023  1024    Description of parameters    PID controller bypass 7  2 9 16         191  209     With this parameter  the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed  Then the  frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxiliary drives are    defined according to the actual value signal  See Figure 8 58     Output freq     Max  freq    par  IP  Start freq  of the aux  drive 2  Start freq  of the aux  drive 1  Par  ID1004     par  ID1002         ay    Stop freq  of the aux   Minimum freq  i Stop freq  of the aux  drive 2  par  ID1005    par  ID101     g drive 1  par  ID1003        start    S
151. h limit          Par  ID1032  Input pressure  low limit                PUMP631 DS4       Figure 8 60  Output pressure behaviour depending on input pressure and parameter settings       Honeywell    1025  1026    1027          193 209        Description of parameters  Frequency drop delay after starting auxiliary drive 7  2 9 21   Frequency increase delay after stopping auxiliary drive 7  2 9 22     If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly  e g  in soft starter control  then a delay  between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the variable speed drive  will make the control smoother  This delay can be adjusted with parameter ID1025    In the same way  if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay between  the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the variable speed drive can be  programmed with parameter ID1026  See Figure 8 61    If either of the values of parameters ID1025 and ID1026 is set to maximum  300 0 s  no  frequency drop nor increase takes place     Output frequency    Start freq  of aux drive   1 Hz    Start delay of Frequency drop delay    Frequency increase    i  fe   aux  drive  par  1D1010  ape  par  101025  delay  par  ID1026   mea 1 Stop delay of  aux  drive  par   iD1011        Aux  drive  control       Aux  drive  speed       NX12k94 fh3        Figure 8 61  Frequency drop and increase delays    Autochange 7  2 9 24     0 Autochange not used  1 Autochange used       194 209     1028    Description of pa
152. h this parameter for a time greater than that determined by  parameter ID1017  During the Stop state  the PID controller is operating switching the  frequency converter to Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or  exceeds  see par   D1019  the Wake up level determined by parameter ID1018  See  Figure 8 56     Sleep delay 57  2 1 16     The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before  the frequency converter is stopped  See Figure 8 56     Wake up level 57  2 1 17     The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has  to be exceeded before the Run state of the frequency converter is restored  See Figure  8 56     Actual value    Wake up level  param  ID1018     Output frequency    t lt  param  ID1017 t lt  par   ID1017  1 i     Start Stop status of running    the var  speed drive  stop NX12k56    Figure 8 56  Frequency converter sleep function       Wake up function 57  2 1 18     This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual  value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level  par   ID1018   See Figure 8 56  and Figure 8 57 on page 190     The application 5 has selections 0 1 and application 7 selections 0 3 available        190 209     Description of parameters          Par  Limit Description  value    Wake up happens  when actual value  goes below the  limit    Wake up happens  when actual value  exceeds the   limit    when actual value  
153. he autochange interlockings sequence  The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and a contactor is  needed for each drive to connect it to either the mains or the frequency converter     Parameter 2 9 26  Autochange interval    After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter  the autochange function takes  place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters 2 9 28   Autochange frequency limit  and 2 9 27  Maximum number of auxiliary drives   Should  the capacity exceed the value of P2 9 28  the autochange will not take place before the  capacity goes below this limit   e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A   e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start  request at control place A       100 209     Parameters    Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell    2 9 27  Maximum number of auxiliary drives and  2 9 28  Autochange frequency limit    These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that  the autochange can take place   This level is defined as follows     If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter  2 9 27 the autochange function can take place     If the number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 2 9 27  and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter 2 9 28 the  autochange can take place     If
154. iary drive  See  Figure 8 54     Start frequency  auxiliary drive 2 7  2 9 4   Stop frequency  auxiliary drive 2 7  2 9 5   Start frequency  auxiliary drive 3 7  2 9 6   Stop frequency  auxiliary drive 3 7  2 9 7   Start frequency  auxiliary drive 4 7  2 9 8   Stop frequency  auxiliary drive 4 7  2 9 9   See ID   s 1002 and 1003    Start delay of auxiliary drives 7  2 9 10     The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain above the  start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the  auxiliary drive is started  The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives  This prevents  unnecessary starts caused by momentary start limit exceedings  See Figure 8 54     Stop delay of auxiliary drives 7  2 9 11     The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain below the  stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the drive is  stopped  The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives  This prevents unnecessary  stops caused by momentary falls below the stop limit  See Figure 8 54         188 209  Description of parameters Honeywell    Output frequency Output frequency    Start delay of the aux   drives  par  ID1010                Frequency    i increase  Start freq  of aux  drive 1  par  ID1002   1 Hz  Start freq  of aux  drive 1 Is il  during the   par  ID1002   1 Hz  start delay    Frequency after starting     7  the aux  drive1 sf  is par  ID1003 
155. icator  SystemBus working properly     SBInUse  Parameter for activating SystemBus communication     0   Not in used  1   Communication activated    SBIid    Drive number in SystemBus line  Use 1 for Master or the same ID as in CAN line     SBNextld  Next Drive number in SystemBus line     SBSpeed  Parameter for the selection of SystemBus speed     Honeywell       Honeywell          Multi purpose Control Application    6 6 Multi purpose Control Application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205     Column explanations     Code  Parameter  Min    Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present parameter number  Name of parameter   Minimum value of parameter   Maximum value of parameter   Unit of parameter value  Given if available   Value preset by factory   Customer   s own setting   ID number of the parameter   On param  code  Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been  stopped   Apply the Terminal to Function method  TTF  to these parameters  see chapter 6 4     Max   Unit   Default   Cust   ID   mz      6 6 1    The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and mea   surements  Monitoring values on shadowed background can be controlled from the fieldbus  See the    product s user s manual for more information     Monitoring values controllable from fieldbus usin
156. ick   7 Al2 Joystick  8 Keypad   9 Fieldbus   10 Motor potentiometer  11 Al1  Al2 minimum  12 Al1  Al2 maximum  13 Max frequency  14 Al1 Al2 selection  15 Encoder 1  16 Encoder 2  NXP only   0 Al1   1 Al2   2 Al1 Al2   3 Al1 Al2   4 Al2 Al1   5 Al1xAl2   6 Al1 Joystick   7 Al2 Joystick  8 Keypad   9 Fieldbus    See par  2 1 12  See ID413        Honeywell    6 6 4  6 6 4 1    Input signals    Parameter    Start Stop logic  selection    Motor potentiometer       ramp time    Motor potentiometer    P2 2 113   frequency reference    P2 2 1 6       memory reset    Adjust input    Adjust maximum    Min    0 1    0 0  0 0          Multi purpose Control Application    0 0  0 0             Code Parameter Min Max  Ali signal  eae selection  et  P2 2 2 2 Alt filter time   0 00   10 00  P2 2 2 3 Al1 signal range EY 3  Al1 custom minimum  P2 2 2 4 setting  160 00 160 00  P2 2 2 5 All custom   160 00   160 00  maximum setting  Ali reference  P2 2 2 6 scaling  minimum 320 00  value  Al1 reference  P2 2 2 7 scaling  maximum 320 00  value  P2 2 2 8 AIT joystick   0 00    20 00  hysteresis   P2 2 2 9 All sleep limit   0 00   100 00  P2 2 2 10   Ali sleep delay   0 00   320 00  P2 2 2 11   Al1 joystick offset    100 00 100 00    Table 6 7  Analogue input 1 parameters  G2 2 2                               ID   Note  Start Start  signal 1 signal 2   Default   Default    __  DIN1  DIN2  0   Start forw  Start rev   300   1   Start Stop Reverse  2   Start Stop Run enable  3   Start pulse Stop pulse 
157. if start  Reverse   signal 2 is used for other functions  Jogging speed selected for frequency reference    Resets all faults    Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact  is opened    In Stop mode  the DC braking operates until the  contact is opened  see Figure 8 9        134 209  Description of parameters Honeywell    Applications 3 and 5   13 Motor potentiometer down  contact closed   Reference decreases until the contact is opened    Application 4   13 Preset speed       A    Output  frequency        ID515  7    w  o L w o L  ao g o ie T a        ae    a  DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode   b  DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode    Ramp Coasting                         Figure 8 9  DIN3 as DC brake command input  a  Stop mode   Ramp  b  Stop mode   coasting    302 Reference offset for current input 12  2 15  2 2 3     0 No offset  0   20mA  1 Offset 4 mA     living zero      provides supervision of zero level signal  In Standard  Application  the response to reference fault can be programmed with parameter    ID700   303 Reference scaling  minimum value 2346  2 2 4  2 2 16  2 2 2 6   304 Reference scaling  maximum value 2346  2 2 5  2 2 17  2 2 2 7     Setting value limits  0  lt  par  ID303  lt  par  ID304  lt  par  ID102  If both parameter ID303  and parameter ID394   0 scaling is set off  The minimum and maximum frequencies are  used for scaling     A A  Output Output  frequency frequency    Max freq  ID102    Max freq  1ID102         Min
158. ight speed difference between the  drives is possible  When both the Master and the Followers are speed controlled  drooping is  typically also used     6 5 1 Master Follower link physical connections   The master drive is located on the left side and all others are followers  The master follower physical  link can be built with OPT D1 or OPT D2 option boards    6 5 2 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPT D1   Connect the output 1 of Device 1 to the input 2 of Device 2 and the input of Device 1 to the output 2  of Device 2  Note that in the end devices one terminal pair remains unused    6 5 3 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPT D2    In this connection example  the leftmost device is the Master and the others are followers  The OPT   D2 board in the Master has the default jumper selections  i e  X6 1 2  X5 1 2  For the followers  the  jumper positions have to be changed  X6 1 2  X5 2 3        rey    cond mend mend    RX   TX RX   TX RX   TX RX   TX  1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2                                     tE ti mi                Figure 6 3  System bus physical connections with the OPT D2 board    Multi purpose Control Application          TX RXITXIRX TX RXITXIRX TX RX TXIRX TX RXITXIRX  1 1 2 2 1 1 2   2 1  1  2   2 1 1 2   2                Figure 6 4  System bus physical connections with the OPT D1 board    6 5 4 OPT D2 expander board menu  SBCRCErrorCounter  Indicates the number of CRC errors in the communication     SBOk  Ind
159. imit 2 supervision  Output frequency  P2 3 13 limit 2  320 00 Hz 0 00  Supervision value             Local Remote Control Application       Cust       307    308    309    310    311    312    313    314    315    316    346    347       Note  TTF programming method  used  See page 65     0 Not used   1 Output freq   O   fmax    2 Freq  reference  O   fmax    3 Motor speed  O   Motor  nominal speed     4 Motor current  O   Inmotor   5 Motor torque    O   Tnmotor   6 Motor power  O   Prmotor   7 Motor voltage  0 Unmotor   8 DC link volt  0O   1000V     O No filtering    O Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA   1 4 mA    0 Not used   1 Ready   2 Run   3 Fault   4 Fault inverted   5 FC overheat warning   6 Ext  fault or warning   7 Ref  fault or warning   8 Warning   9 Reversed   10 Jogging spd selected   11 At speed   12 Mot  regulator active   13 OP freq limit superv  1   14 OP freq limit superv  2   15 Torque limit superv    16 Ref  limit superv    17 Ext  brake control   18  Control place  IO   19 FC temp  limit superv    20 Unrequested rotation  direction   21 Ext  brake control  inverted   22 Thermistor fault warn     As parameter 2 3 7  As parameter 2 3 7    O No limit  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision          O No limit  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision          Torque limit super  2  vision function  Torque limit    Reference limit  supervision function    Reference limit    cuperveionvaue   9   1000  External brake Off  Pao   100 0  dela 
160. in the product s CMA and CMB grounding    User s Manual         CMB connected to GND       CMA connected to GND        _  CMB isolated from GND   JC CMA isolated from GND       e CMB and CMA  internally connected together   isolated from GND      Factory default           24 209  Local Remote Control Application Honeywell    3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application                       ID124 Jogging speed ref     1D122 Fieldbus Ctrl reference  ID121 Keypad Ctr reference    1D131 1 OB reference  ID117 1 OAreference      R3 2 Keypad reference    Pan Motor             potentiometer           ID125 Control pace    SSeS Startt Stop buttons  Reset button    I   i  Reference from fieldbus i  Start Stop from fieldbus i  Direction from fieldbus    Sart forward  hl Programmable pe  progremmake  Start Stop and  Start reverse reverse logicA          programmeble     Internal Start Stop    Internal reverse    E Internal fault reset   gt 1    ID123 Keypad direction    Fault reset input  programmable     NX105 fh8          Figure 3 1  Control signal logic of the Local Remote Control Application          Honeywell Local Remote Control Application       3 4 Local Remote control application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205     Column explanations     Code   Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present parameter  number
161. ing current   P2 6 14 7 at start A 0 00 627   P2 6 14 8 EE timeat  4 60000   ms 0 628   P2 6 14 9  0 speed time at start 100 615   P2 6 14 10  0 speed time at stop 100 616  O Not used   1 Torque memory   P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 2 Torque reference  3 Start up torque fwd rev   P2 6 14 12  Start up torque FWD     300 0 0 0 633   P2 6 14 13  Start up torque REV      300 0 0 0 634   P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 0 0 618   p2 6 14 17   Curent control 0 00   100 00     40 00 617                      P gain          Table 2 8  Motor control parameters  G2 6             Code Parameter Min Max  P27 1 Response to 4mA 5  reference fault  pon ack TEA Par  2 1 2  requenc  P273 Response to 3  external fault  supervision  Response to  Ree undervoltage fault is ape  supervision  P2 7 7  Earth fault protection  0   3    Thermal protection  p2 7 9   Motor ambient   400 0   100 0  temperature factor  P27 10 E 150 0  at zero speed  P27 11 Motor thermal time 1 200  constant  P2 7 12   Motordutycycle   0   100    P2 7 13 Stall protection HA  P2 7 14 Stall current   0 00   2x     P2 7 15 Stall time limit 120 00  P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit  1 0   Hee  P2 7 17  Underload meo o   8  area load  P2 7 19  Zero frequency load  5 0   150 0  P2 7 20 enigeueay i 2  protection time limit  Response to  Ree thermistor fault Peja  Response to  P2 7 2    _ fieldbus fault ofe  P2 7 23 Response to slot 3  fault       Table 2 9  Protections  G2 7    Unit    Hz       Standard Application    Protec
162. ing current EAA    DC Pee   time   600 00   00  Pee   stop    Frequency to start  DC braking during 0 10 10 00  ramp stop  DC braking time    Fuxbrate   o      Flux brake    P2 4 13   Flux braking current     0   kL      NXP drives only    DC brake current at oofa   stop L  Inching reference 1  320 00   320 00   320 00   320 00    3200 0  Emergency stop Fo    mode  Control options zs 65536    Table 6 20  Drive control parameters  G2 4    Inching reference 2          Default    0 1    0 0    10 0  10 0       Multi purpose Control Application    Cust    Honeywell    Drive control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 4     Note    0   ee anime    gt 0  S   curve ramp time   Eon  b uveramoime   gt 0 S curve aeseune ramp tne time      502                lt      0 Disabled  1 Used when running  2 External brake chopper   504   3 Used when   stopped running   4 Used when running  no    0 Ramp  1 Flying start    0 Coasting  1 Ramp  2 Ramp Run enable       506    coast  3 Coast Run enable         508     508   o    0 DC brake is off at stop   brake is off at   0 DC brake is off at stop        516     516   o    0 DC brake is off at start   brake is off   0 DC brake is off at start   start  0 Off  1 On   the  eT  0  S oo  fo     Ei   127   0 Coasting  i ee  108  el       Honeywell    6 6 7    P2 5 1  P2 5 2  P2 5 3  P2 5 4  P2 5 5  P2 5 6    P2 5 7       Code    Multi purpose Control Application          NXS Drives  Prohibit frequency parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 
163. ing the actual speed received  from the tachometer to the speed reference  accuracy   0 01       4 Torque crtl  closed loop  The I O terminal and keypad references are torque references  and the frequency converter controls the motor torque     Switching frequency 234567  2 6 9     Motor noise can be minimised using a high switching frequency  Increasing the switching  frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit   The range of this parameter depends on the size of the frequency converter     Min   kHz  Max   kHz  Default  kHz   0003   0061 NX_2  3 6    0041   0062 NX_6 15  0144   0208 NX_6 i       Table 8 12  Size dependent switching frequencies    Note  The actual switching frequency might be reduced down to 1 5kHz by thermal  management functions  This has to be considered when using sine wave filters or  other output filters with a low resonance frequency     Field weakening point 234567  2 6 4     The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches  the set  ID603  maximum value        172 209     603    604    605    606    607    608    609    610    Description of parameters Honeywell    Voltage at field weakening point 234567  2 6 5     Above the frequency at the field weakening point  the output voltage remains at the set  maximum value  Below the frequency at the field weakening point  the output voltage  depends on the setting of the U f curve parameters  See parameters ID109  ID108   ID604 and ID605    When the 
164. input DIN6     e All outputs are freely programmable   Additional functions     Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic   Reference scaling   One frequency limit supervision   Second ramps and S shape ramp programming   Programmable start and stop functions   DC brake at stop   One prohibit frequency area   Programmable U f curve and switching frequency   Autorestart   Motor thermal and stall protection  Programmable action  off  warning  fault    The parameters of the Local Remote Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual   The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter        Honeywell Local Remote Control Application       3 2 Control I O                                                                                                 Reference potentiometer    OPT A1  1   10 kQ Terminal Signal Description  r gt        1  10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc     eee ee Ali  Analogue input  voltage range   Place B frequency reference    0   10V DC range 0 10 V DC  Remote control    BAN a ee oe 3 Alt  I O Ground Ground for reference and controls  Remote reference                         4  Al2    Analogue input  current range   Place A frequency reference   5 Al2  0   20mA range 0 20 mA  0 4  20mA                   6  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  eee ee ae ee 8 DIN1 Place A start forward Contact closed   s
165. ion limit 6  2 2 6 4   See ID399     Torque  The set torque supervision limit can  be reduced with the free analogue 100   input signal between 0 and the set Par  ID349  supervision limit   ID349  See Figure  8 39           NX12K60       Figure 8 39  Reducing torque supervision limit    Start signal 1 6  2 2 7 1    Signal selection 1 for the start stop logic    Default programming A 1    Start signal 2 6  2 2 7 2    Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic    Default programming A 2    External fault  close  67  2 2 7 11  2 2 6 4   Contact closed  Fault is displayed and motor stopped        158 209     406    407    408    409    410    411    Description of parameters Honeywell    External fault  open  67  2 2 7 12  2 2 6 5   Contact open  Fault is displayed and motor stopped     Run enable 67  2 2 7 3  2 2 6 6     Contact open  Start of motor disabled  Contact closed  Start of motor enabled    Acceleration Deceleration time selection 67  2 2 7 13  2 2 6 7     Contact open  _Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected  Contact closed  Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected    Set Acceleration Deceleration times with parameters ID103 and ID104     Control from I O terminal 67  2 2 7 18  2 2 6 8   Contact closed  Force control place to I O terminal    Control from keypad 67  2 2 7 19  2 2 6 9   Contact closed  Force control place to keypad    Control from fieldbus 67  2 2 7 20  2 2 6 10   Contact closed  Force control place to fieldbus    NOTE  When the control place is fo
166. is reduced by blocked air intake grill                 9 5 Parameters of Stall protection  ID   s 709 to 712    General    The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused  by a stalled shaft  The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor  thermal protection  The stall state is defined with two parameters  ID710  Stall current  and ID712   Stall frequency limit   If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the  set limit  the stall state is true  There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation  Stall  protection is a type of overcurrent protection     9 6 Parameters of Underload protection  ID   s 713 to 716    General    The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the  drive is running  If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process  e g  a broken  belt or a dry pump    Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714   Field weakening area load  and ID715  Zero frequency load   see below  The underload curve is a  squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point  The protection is not  active below 5Hz  the underload time counter is stopped      The torque values for setting the underload curve are set in percentage which refers to the nominal  torque of the motor  The motor s name plate data  paramet
167. lanations     Code    Parameter  Min    Max    Unit    Default    Cust    ID      Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present param  number  Name of parameter   Minimum value of parameter   Maximum value of parameter   Unit of parameter value  Given if available   Value preset by factory   Customer   s own setting   ID number of the parameter   In parameter row  Use TTF method to program these parameters    On parameter code  Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been  stopped     5 4 1 Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1     The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and  measurements  Monitoring values cannot be edited    See the product s user s manual for more information  Note that the monitoring values V1 19 to  V1 22 are available with the PID control application only                                                                                      Code Parameter Unit ID Description  V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor  V1 2 Bestar  Hz 25   Frequency reference to motor control  V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rom  V1 4 Motor current A 3  V1 5   Motor torque   4   Calculated shaft torque  V1 6 _  Motor power   5__  Motor shaft power  V1 7 Motor voltage V 6  V1 8 DC link voltage V 7  V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature  V1 10   Motor temperature   9 Calculated motor temperature  V1 11   Analogue input 1 V 13   All  V1 12   Analogue input 2 mA 
168. le  You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning  parameter  2 3 3 7  to the digital output DO1 on the basic board OPT A1  see the product s user s manual      First find the parameter 2 3 3 7 on the keypad  Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit  mode  On the value line  you will see the terminal type on the left  DigIN  DigOUT  An IN  An OUT   and on the right  the present input output the function is connected to  B 3  A 2 etc    or if not con   nected  a value  0       When the value is blinking  hold down the Browser button up or down to find the desired board slot  and signal number  The program will scroll the board slots starting from 0 and proceeding from A to  E and the I O selection from 1 to 10    Once you have set the desired value  press the Enter button once to confirm the change     PREADY  READY  Q cls  P2331 GED    A IAI Ref Faul Warn  DigOUT B 1                          P2331 P2331 ep       AI Ref Faul Warn      JAI Ref Faul Warn  DigOUT 0 0      DigOUT 0 0           66 209  Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell    6 4 2 Defining a terminal for a certain function with NCDrive programming tool    If you use the NCDrive Programming Tool for parametrizing you will have to establish the con   nection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel  Just pick  the address code from the drop down menu in the Value column  see the Figure below      a Parameter Window M  10  x     LOADED C
169. le 2 2  Monitoring values       Honeywell    2 1 15       Acceleration time 1 3000 0    U  M  r  ol    anaa         Standard Application    Basic parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 1     Parameter Min Max Unit    Min frequency   0 00   Par 2 1 2   Hz    Max frequency  Par  2 1 1  320 00 Hz    S   A  Deceleration time 1 3000 0 s  Current limit A   Nominal voltage of 180 V    the motor    saas Nominal frequency      gt    ofthe motor 320 00 Hz    Nominal speed of  the motor    20 000 rpm    Nominal current of  0 30 1 00    Motor cos     I O reference    Keypad control  reference    Fieldbus control  reference      0 00   Par  2 1 2   Hz    0 00   Par 21 2  Hz    Preset speed 1  Preset speed 2    Table 2 3  Basic parameters G2 1       Default    10 00  50 00       Cust             NOTE  If fmax  gt  than the  motor synchronous speed   check suitability for motor  and drive system    Check the rating plate of  the motor    The default applies for a 4   pole motor and a nominal  size frequency converter     the motor   the motor    0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  0 Al1  1 Al2  2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus    Speeds preset by operator       16 209     2 4 3  Code    P2 2 3    P2 2 4    P2 2 5    P2 2 6    Start Stop logic       Reference scaling  minimum value    Reference scaling  maximum value       Reference inversion    Standard Application    Max Unit    Min    _ cfs    Current reference 1  offset    EEEE    P2 2 7   Reference filter ti
170. leared after the  trial time has elapsed and the next fault start the trial time count again     If a single fault remains during the trial time  a fault state is true     Automatic restart  Start function 234567  2 8 3     The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter  The parameter  defines the start mode     0   Start with ramp  1   Flying start  2   Start according to ID505    Automatic restart  Number of tries after undervoltage fault trip 234567   2 8 4     This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial  time set by parameter ID718 after and undervoltage trip     0   No automatic restart    gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault  The fault is  reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage  has returned to the normal level        Honeywell    721    722    723    725    726    727    728           Description of parameters 183 209   Automatic restart  Number of tries after overvoltage trip 234567  2 8 5     This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial  time set by parameter ID718 after an overvoltage trip     0   No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip   gt 0   Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault trip  The fault is  reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage  has returned to the normal level   Automatic restart  Number of tries after overcurrent trip 234567  2 8 6      NOTE
171. limit    1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    0 Not used  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    0 Not used  1 Low limit  2 High limit    0 Not used    1 Low limit  2 High limit    TTF programming method  used  See page 65     As parameter 2 3 2  0 N0 filtering  0 Not inverted  1 Inverted   0 0 mA   1 4 mA                Code    P2 4 1    P2 4 2    P2 4 3  P2 4 4    P2 4 6    P2 4 7    P2 4 8    P2 4 9    P2 4 10    P2 4 11    P2 4 12  P2 4 13       PID Control Application    Parameter Min Max Unit    Ramp 2 shape S    Acceleration time 2 3000 0  Deceleration time 2 3000 0     7 ele    DC braking current   0 00   lk      DC braking time 600 00    at stop    Frequency to start   DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz  ramp stop   DC braking time 000   600 00    Njn     gt     n    n    at start  Flux braking current  0 00   hk   A    Table 5 6  Drive control parameters  G2 4    5 4 6    Code    P2 5 14    P2 5 2    P2 5 3    P2 5 4    P2 5 5    P2 5 6    P2 5 7       Parameter  Prohibit frequency  range 1 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 1 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 high limit  Prohibit acc  dec   ramp    Table 5 7  Prohibit frequency parameters  G2 5             Default  0 1    0 0    0 1  0 1    Default          Cust    Cust          Honeywell    Drive control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 4     0 Linear  
172. logue output 2 Ea  P2 3 6 5 minimin  Analogue output 2   10    Analogue output 2  P2867 100 00       Table 6 18  Analogue output 2 parameters  G2 3 6          Unit              Unit                    Default    A 1             Cust    Honeywell    0 Not used  1 Output freq   O   fmax   2 Freq  reference  O   fmax   3 Motor speed  O   Motor  nominal speed   4 Motor current   O   Inmotor   5 Motor torque   O   T motor   6 Motor power  7  O   P motor   7 Motor voltage  0 Unmotor   8 DC link volt  O   1000V   9 Al1  10 Al2  11 Output freq   fmin   fmax   12 Motor torque      2    2xXTnmot   13 Motor power      2    2xXTnmot   14 PT100 temperature  15 FB analogue output    308   O No filtering  9 O Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA  e    46  30  30    375    472   See par  2 3 5 2  0 N0 filtering    473    474    1 Inverted  1 4mA    475    476       477          Honeywell       Code Parameter Min Max  Analogue output 3  ee   po 3 7 2   Analogue output 3 im  function  Analogue output 3  Analogue output 3    Analogue output 3    P2 3 7 5    ie  minimum    p2 3 7 6   Analogue output 3  scale  Analogue output 3 i    Table 6 19  Analogue output 3 parameters  G2 3 7          Multi purpose Control Application    Unit                    Cust       482    483    484       See par  2 3 5 2    0 No filtering    O Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA   1 4 mA          6 6 6    Parameter    Ramp 2 shape   00 10 0    Acceleration time 2 3000 0  Deceleration time 2 3000 0    7 ee    _ Bg    DC brak
173. lt delay   The delay after the motor is stopped with coasting after the cooling OK signal is missing        186 209     850  851    852 to  859    876 to  883    Description of parameters Honeywell  Fieldbus reference minimum scaling 6  2 9 1   Fieldbus reference maximum scaling 6  2 9 2     Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal    Setting value limits  0  lt  par  ID850  lt  ID851  lt  ID102  If par  ID851   0 custom scaling is  not used and the minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling    The scaling takes place as presented in Figure 8 10  See also chapter 9 7     Note  Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual value     Fieldbus data out selections 1 to 8 6  2 9 3 to 2 9 10     Using these parameters  you can monitor any monitoring or parameter value from the  fieldbus  Enter the ID number of the item you wish to monitor for the value of these  parameters  See chapter 9 7     Some typical values                                                        1 Output frequency 15   Digital inputs 1 2 3 statuses   2 Motor speed 16 Digital inputs 4 5 6 statuses   3   Motor current 17 Digital and relay output statuses   4   Motor torque 25 Frequency reference   5   Motor power 26   Analogue output current   6 Motor voltage 27 AIS   7 DC link voltage 28 Al4   8 Unit temperature 31 AO1  expander board    9 Motor temperature 32 AO2  expander board    13   Alt 37   Active fault 1   14 Al2 45 Motor current  drive indepen
174. me   0 00   10 00 s    P2 2 8    Al1 signal selection    P2 2 9   Al2 signal selection E    Table 2 4  Input signals  G2 2       Input signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 2        Default    0 00    0 00    0 10  A 1    A 2             Honeywell    Start fwd Start rvs  Start Stop Rvs Fwd  Start Stop Run enable  Start pulse Stop pulse  Fwd  Rvs   Start  Stop Rvs Fwd  Start  Stop Run enable   0 Not used   1 Ext  fault  closing cont    2 Ext  fault  opening cont    3 Run enable   4 Acc  Dec  time select    5 Force cp  to lO   6 Force cp  to keypad   7 Force cp  to fieldbus   8 Reverse   0 0   20mA   1 4   20mA   Selects the frequency that   corresponds to the min    reference signal   0 00   No scaling   Selects the frequency that   corresponds to the max    reference signal   0 00   No scaling   0   Not inverted   1   Inverted   TTF programming method   used  See page 65   TTF programming method   used  See page 65            Rising edge required to start    Honeywell          2 4 4  Code Parameter Min  Analogue output 1  ioe signal selection     P23 2 Analogue output 0    function       P2 33 A nalogue output filter 0 00  time  P23 4 Analogue output 0  inversion  Analogue output    P2 3 5 as 0  minimum    P23 6 Analogue output 10  scale    Digital output 1       P2 3 7 i 0  function  P2 3 8 RO1 function 0  P2 3 9 RO2 function 0  P2 3 10 Output frequency 0  limit 1 supervision  Output frequency  P2 3 11 limit 1  0 00  Supervised value  P2312 Analogue output 2 0  signal sel
175. menu  Control keypad  Menu M6     For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as appli   cation and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and  software  see the product s User s Manual     3 4 12   Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s User s Manual           Multi step Speed Control Application       Honeywell    4  MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION   Software ASFIFF04     4 1 Introduction  Select the Multi step Speed Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2     The Multi step Speed Control Application can be used in applications where fixed speeds are  needed  Totally 15   2 different speeds can be programmed  one basic speed  15 multi step speeds  and one jogging speed  The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3  DIN4  DIN5 and  DIN6  If jogging speed is used  DIN3 can be programmed from fault reset to jogging speed select   The basic speed reference can be either voltage or current signal via analogue input terminals    2 3 or 4 5   The other one of the analogue inputs can be programmed for other purposes     e All outputs are freely programmable   Additional functions     Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic   Reference scaling   One frequency limit supervision   Second ramps and S shape ramp program
176. meter ID  Choose controlled data  with parameter ID    Choose controlled data  with parameter ID          92 209     6 6 13  Code    P2 10 2    P2 10 3    P2 10 4    P2 10 5    P2 10 6    P2 10 7    P2 10 8    P2 10 9    P2 10 11    P2 10 15    P2 10 17       P2 10 1    P2 10 10  NXP drives only    P2 10 12    P2 10 13  P2 10 14    P2 10 16    Multi purpose Control Application    Honeywell    Torque control parameters  Control Keypad  Menu M2  gt G2 10        Parameter Min  Torque limit 0 0  Torque limit control 0 0  P gain k  Torque limit control 0 0  l gain  Torque reference 0  selection  Torque reference    max  300 0  Torque reference    min  300 0    Torque speed limit 0    Minimum frequency  for open loop  torque control   Torque controller  P gain  Torque controller     gain    Torque speed limit 0  CL    Torque reference    filtering time E  Window negative 0 00  Window positive 0 00   Window negative off  0 00  Window positive off  0 00  Speed control 00             output limit          Max  300 0    32000    32000    300 0    300 0    50 00    32000    32000    32000    50 00  50 00  P2 10 13  P2 10 14    300 0    Table 6 32  Torque control parameters  G2 10          Unit                 ms    Hz  Hz  Hz  Hz            Default  300 0    3000    200    100    0 0    2 00  2 00  0 00  0 00    300 0       Cust       641    642    643    644    636    639    640    1278    1244    1305  1304  1307  1306    1382          Note    Used only in Open Loop  control mode    0
177. meters    234567     2 1 12  2 1 13  2 2 6  2 2 1 2   Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the keypad                                      125 209                                      0 Analogue volt ref  Analogue volt ref  Analogue volt ref  Analogue volt ref   Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3  1 Analogue curr ref  Analogue curr ref  Analogue curr ref  Analogue curr ref   Terminals 4   5 Terminals 4   5 Terminals 4   5 Terminals 4   5  Keypad reference  2  Menu M3  Al3 Al1 Al2 Al3  3 Pieces  Al4 Al1 Al2 Al4  reference  Keypad reference a Keypad reference  4  Menu M3  ARSAN  Menu M3   5 Fieldbus Al1 Al2 Fieldbus  reference reference  6 Potentiometer ref  Al1 joystick Potentiometer ref   7 PID controller ref  Al2 joystick PID controller ref   8 Keypad reference   Menu M3   9 Fieldbus  reference   Table 8 3  Selections for parameter ID121   FBSpeedReference  Fieldbus frequency reference selection 234567  2 1 13  2 1 14  2 2 7  2 2 1 3     Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the fieldbus   For selections in different applications  see ID121     Jogging speed reference 34567  2 1 14  2 1 15  2 1 19     Defines the jogging speed selected with the DIN3 digital input which can be programmed  for Jogging speed  See parameter ID301     Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency   ID s 101 and 102      Preset speed 3 46  2 1 17   Preset speed 4 46  2 1 1
178. method  see chapter 6 4     All joystick hysteresis 6  2 2 2 8     This parameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20      When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward  the output  frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency  joystick potentiometer in  middle position  and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the  forward command  It depends on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this  parameter  how much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of  the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency    If the value of this parameter is 0  the frequency starts to increase linearly immediately  when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle  position  When the control is changed from forward to reverse  the frequency follows the  same pattern the other way round  See Figure 8 34     Frequency reference  Hz    REVERSE FORWARD    50  50   Reference  scaling max  ID304   70Hz       From reverse to forward    Max freq  ID102    50Hz       From forward to reverse    Analogue  input  V mA    0 10V 20mA           Min freq  ID101     Ref  scaling min EA   Beene A A Par  ID322  0    90         Joystick hysteresis   ID384   20         NX12k92    Figure 8 34  An example of joystick hysteresis  In this example  the value of par  D385   Sleep limit    0         Honeywell Description of parameters 155 209        385 Al1 sleep limit 6
179. ming   Programmable start and stop functions   DC brake at stop   One prohibit frequency area   Programmable U f curve and switching frequency   Autorestart   Motor thermal and stall protection  Programmable action  off  warning  fault    The parameters of the Multi Step Speed Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this  manual  The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter        36 209     4 2 Control I O    Multi step Speed Control Application                                                                                                 Reference potentiometer    OPT A1  1   10 kQ Terminal Signal Description  pas         1  10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc     zind 2 Ali   Analogue input  voltage range Basic reference  programmable      0   10V DC range 0 10 V DC     t                       3 Alt  I O Ground Ground for reference and controls  Basic reference ___  4 Al2  Input for reference current Basic reference  programmable     optional  5  Al2  range 0 20 mA  n a 6  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  a 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  Poa Se 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed   start forward     programmable        a Ee ee 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed   start reverse   programmable   2 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open   no fault  P er a a  programmable  Contact closed   fault  11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V 
180. mp               Table 7 16  Prohibit frequency parameters  G2 5               Default    0 00  0 00  0 00  0 00  0 00  0 00    1 0       509    ef          116 209     7 5 7    Code       U  N  D  o    U  N  D              Pump and Fan Control Application    Honeywell    Motor control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6     Parameter    Motor control mode    U f optimisation    U f ratio selection    Field weakening  point  Voltage at field  weakening point  U f curve midpoint  frequency    U f curve midpoint  voltage    Output voltage at  zero frequenc    Switching frequency  Overvoltage  controller    Undervoltage  controller          320 00    200 00    par   P2 6 4    100 00    40 00    Varies       Table 7 17  Motor control parameters  G2 6       50 00  100 00    50 00    100 00    Varies    Varies       Cust       ID  0 Frequency control  1 Speed control  0 Not used  1 Automatic torque boost  O Linear  1 Squared  2 Programmable  3 Linear with flux optim     nN  X Unmo  605   Parameter max  value    par  2 6 5    See Table 8 12 for exact  values   0 Not used   607   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping   0 Not used   1 Used        j    Oo    k  oO   oe        601    608       Honeywell    7 5 8    P2 7 1    P2 7 2  P2 7 3  P2 7 4  P2 7 5    P2 7 6    P2 7 8    P2 7 9    P2 7 11    P2 7 13    P2 7 15    P2 7 17    P2 7 21    P2 7 23    P2 7 25       Code    P2 7 7    P2 7 10    P2 7 12    P2 7 14    P2 7 16    P2 7 18  P2 7 19  P2 7 20    P2 7 22    P2 7 24    
181. mp Run enable  coast   3 Coast Run enable    506    507  508   0 DC brake is off at stop    516   0 DC brake is off at start    0 Off  520   1 0n  519       Prohibit frequency parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 5     510   0 Prohibit range 1 is off    512   0 Prohibit range 2 is off  513    514   0 Prohibit range 3 is off          4 4 7    O      2        U  N  D  wo    P2 6 10    P2 6 11  P2 6 12    P2 6 13    Closed Loop parameter group 2 6         P2 6 14 1  P2 6 14 2  P2 6 14 3    P2 6 14 5  P2 6 14 6  P2 6 14 7       P2 6 14 8    P2 6 14 9  P2 6 14 10        P2 6 14 11         P2 6 14 12  P2 6 14 13  P2 6 14 15    P2 6 14 17         Honeywell       Multi step Speed Control Application    Motor control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6     Parameter    Motor control mode    U f optimisation    U f ratio selection    Field weakening  point  Voltage at field  weakening point  U f curve midpoint  frequenc    U f curve midpoint  voltage    Output voltage at  zero frequency    Switching frequency  Overvoltage  controller    Undervoltage  controller  Load drooping                Identification    Magnetizing current  Speed control P gain  Speed control   time  Acceleration  compensation  Slip adjust  Magnetizing current  at start  Magnetizing time at  start  0 speed time at start  0 speed time at stop             Start up torque    Start up torque FWD  Start up torque REV  Encoder filter time    Current control  P gain             Min    0 0    0 00    0 00
182. n  Fieldbus inputdatai   Oo   o1     455  Fieldbus inputdata2   Oo   o1     456  Fieldbus input data3   0o   01     457  Fieldbus inputdata4   0o   o1     169  Fieldbus inputdata5   0o   01     170    nly    DC ready pulse   0 0    1218    Table 6 15  Digital output signals  G2 3 3       Honeywell    Note  Ready to Run  Running  Drive in fault state  Drive not in fault state  Warning active  External fault active  4 mA fault active  Drive overtemperature  active  Output frequency  lt  0 Hz  Reference  lt  gt  Output  freaqyenc  Reference   Output  frequenc  Jgging or preset speed  command active  IO control active    See explanations on  page 160     See ID315   See ID346   See 1D350     See 1D354   See 1D348     See ID356    FB CW B11  FB CW B12  FB CW B13  FB CW B14  FB CW B15       WARNING          Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and  same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure  flawless operation              Honeywell    6 6 5 4 Limit settings  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3 4        Code Parameter  p2 3 4 1   Output frequency  limit 1 supervision  Output frequency  P2 3 4 2 limit 1   Supervised value  Output frequency  i limit 2 supervision  Output frequency  P2 3 4 4 limit 2   Supervised value  P2345 Torque limit  supervision  P2346 Torque limit  supervision value  P2347 Reference limit  supervision  P2348 Reference limit  supervision value  External  PARA brake off dela  External  RESO brake on delay  p2 3 4 11   FC temperat
183. n on the keypad are listed below  See  the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual                                         Max Default Cust ID Note  1 1 O terminal  3 1 125   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  Par   2 1 2  0 Forward     0 123 1 Reverse  100 00 0 00  100 00 0 00  0 Limited function of Stop  button  1 f 114 1 Stop button always  enabled             Table 7 21  Keypad control parameters  M3    7 5 12 System menu  Control keypad  M6     For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as  application and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware  and software  see the product s user s manual     7 5 13 Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s user s manual        Honeywell    8            Description of parameters 121 209     DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS    On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual  ID number of the parameter  A shaded parameter ID number  e g  418 Motor potentiometer UP   indicates that the TTF programming method shall be applied to this parameter  see chapter 6 4    Some parameter names are followed by a number code indicating the  All in One  applications in  which the parameter is included  If no code is shown the parameter is available in all applications   S
184. nction  filter time             Table 4 5  Output signals  G2 3          Code    P2 4 1    P2 4 2    P2 4 3  P2 4 4    P2 4 6    P2 4 7    P2 4 8    P2 4 9    P2 4 10    P2 4 11    P2 4 12  P2 4 13          Multi step Speed Control Application    Honeywell    Drive control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 4     Parameter Min Max Unit    Ramp 2 shape S    Acceleration time 2 3000 0  Deceleration time 2 3000 0     7 ele    _ ae    DC braking current  0 00   lk      DC braking time 0 00   600 00    at stop    Frequency to start  DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz  ramp stop    DC braking time 0 00   600 00    nn     gt     n    n    at start  Flux braking current  0 00   hk   A    Table 4 6  Drive control parameters  G2 4    4 4 6    Code    P2 5 1    P2 5 2    P2 5 3    P2 5 4    P2 5 5    P2 5 6    P2 5 7       Parameter  Prohibit frequency  range 1 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 1 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 2 high limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 low limit  Prohibit frequency  range 3 high limit    Table 4 7  Prohibit frequency parameters  G2 5             Default  0 1    0 0    10 0  10 0    Default  0 00    0 0  0 00  0 0    0 00          Cust    Cust          0 Linear   ae  gt 0 S curve ramp time  0 Linear   30l  gt 0 S curve ramp time    502   o  ee ee    0 Disabled  1 Used when running  2 External brake chopper  504   3 Used when  stopped running  4 Used when running  no    505    0 Coasting   1 Ramp  2 Ra
185. ntrol     0   No action  No identification requested     1   Identification without motor run    The drive is run without speed to identify the motor parameters  The motor is supplied  with current and voltage but with zero frequency     2   Identification with motor run    The drive is run with speed to identify the motor parameters   Note  It is recommended to do the this identification test with no load on the motor for  best results     3   Encoder ID run  Identifies the shaft zero position when using PMS motor with absolute encoder     The basic motor name plate data has to be set correctly before performing the identifi   cation run     1D110 Nominal voltage of the motor  par  2 1 6   ID111 Nominal frequency of the motor  par  2 1 7   1D112 Nominal speed of the motor  par  2 1 8   1D113 Nominal current of the motor  par  2 1 9    D120 Motor cos phi  par  2 1 10     When in closed loop and with an encoder installed  also the parameter for pulses    revolutions  in Menu M7  has to be set        Honeywell    636    637    638    639    640    641    642  643           Description of parameters 175 209     The automatic identification is activated by setting this parameter to the appropriate  value followed by a start command in the requested direction  The start command to the  drive has to be given within 20 s  If no start command is given within 20 s the identifi   cation run is cancelled and the parameter will be reset to its default setting     The identification run c
186. o response  1 Warning  Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous Freq   PATA reference fault 2 4 700 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2  4 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  5 Fault stop by coasting    poe   4mMA reference fault 000   Par 2 1 2  Hz 0 00 728  frequenc  Response to external 0 No response  Input phase 2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  Response to 0 Fault stored in history  P2 7 5 undervoltage fault ESRA 0 727 1 Fault not stored  P2 7 6 Output phase ee A 2 702   0 No response  supervision      1 Warning  P2 7 7  Earth fault protection  0   3   2 703 2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7    Thermal protection  Faul i  P2 7 8 Si ihe motor ETEN 2 704   3 Fault stop by coasting  p2 7 9   Motor ambient   400 0   100 0   0 0 705  temperature factor  P27 10 EA 150 0  at zero speed             o    o     o 40 0 706    Motor thermal time      P2 7 12   Motor duty cyce   O   10     100 708    0 No response    1 Warning  P2 7 13 Stall protection 3 1 709 2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       P2 7 14 Stall current _   0 00   2x    A lH 70  o  P2 7 15 Stall time limit 120 00 s 15 00 71 O O  P2 7 16   Stall frequency limit S Hz 25 0 712 l       O No response  i 1 Warning  P2 7 17  Underload protection 3 0 713 2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  po 7 1g  Field weakening area   to   aso 7 50 Fi  load    10  P2 7 19   Zero frequency load  2    a  ol  oO   o                150 0   10 0 715  P2 7 20 pmocnedas 2 s 20 716  protection time limit  0 N0o response  Response to 1 Warning  melee
187. o zero  See chapter 9 6     Underload protection  field weakening areaload 234567  2 7 18     The torque limit can be set between  10 0   150 0   X Trmotor    This parameter gives the value for  the minimum torque allowed when  the output frequency is above the  field weakening point  See Figure  8 51     Par  ID714    If you change parameter ID113   Motor nominal current  this para  Par  ID715  meter is automatically restored to Underload  area  the default value  See chapter 9 6       f     gt           Fieldweakening  point par  ID602 NX12k65       Figure 8 51  Setting of minimum load       Honeywell    715    716    717    718           Description of parameters 181 209        Underload protection  zero frequency load 234567  2 7 19     The torque limit can be set between 5 0   150 0   x TnMotor   This parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency  See  Figure 8 51     If you change the value of parameter ID113  Motor nominal current  this parameter is  automatically restored to the default value  See chapter 9 6     Underload time 234567  2 7 20     This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0 s    This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist  An internal up down  counter counts the accumulated underload time  If the underload counter value goes  above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to parameter ID713   If the drive  is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero  See Figure 8 52 and chapter 9 6      
188. oftware ASFIFFO7     7 1 Introduction  Select the Pump and Fan Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2     The Pump and Fan Control Application can be used to control one variable speed drive and up to  four auxiliary drives  The PID controller of the frequency converter controls the speed of the variable  speed drive and gives control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow  In  addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard  a parameter group for multi oump and  fan control functions is available     The application has two control places on the I O terminal  Place A is the pump and fan control and  place B is the direct frequency reference  The control place is selected with input DIN6     As already its name tells  the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of  pumps and fans  It can be used  for example  to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if  the measured input pressure falls below a limit specified by the user     The application utilizes external contactors for switching between the motors connected to the fre   quency converter  The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting order of  the auxiliary drives  Autochange between 2 drives  main drive   1 auxiliary drive  is set as default   see chapter 7 4 1     e All inputs and outputs are freely programmable     Additional functions   e Analogue input signal range selection  Two frequency limit supervi
189. ommon for DIN4Q   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V  18     AOA1    Output frequency Programmable  19 AOA1    Analogue output Range 0   20 mA R   max  500Q  20 DOA1 Digital output Programmable  READY Open collector    lt 50mA  U lt 48 VDC  OPT A3  21 RO1 Relay output 1   Programmable  22 RO1 T RUN  23  RO       24 RO2 A Relay output 2   Programmable  25 RO2 FAULT  26  RO2       28 THA Thermistor input  29 TI1 2 Thermistor input                Table 6 1  Multi purpose control application default I O configuration and  connection example     Note  See jumper selections below   More information in the product s  user s manual        Jumper block X3   CMA and CMB grounding    ee  ee       CMB isolated from GND  ee CMA isolated from GND    CMB and CMA  internally connected together   isolated from GND    CMB connected to GND  CMA connected to GND          els      Factory default           64 209  Multi purpose Control Application Honeywell    6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application       2 1 11 I O Reference  2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference                 2 1 14 Jogging speed  reference       Lt  ae a  en eee      I  I  1 i   ee te ee ea a nee 13 1 Control pace  fot a    1  i el 14 it   T Eim                   co      ae Internal frequency  f   reference       i  I I  peenes a i  1  I     I  I      Reset butto  Reference from fieldbus Start Stop button  Start Stop from fieldbus   Direction from fieldbus   Start forward    Programmable   programmable  Siart Stop ancl
190. ompare                        E G 225ANALOG INPUT 4  index   Variable Tet   vawe     Defat f unt  Mn    Ma     ol G 2 2 6 DIGITAL INPUTS P 2 3 1 3 _ Fault i     DigOUT 0 1 igQUT E 10  4  3 1 4   Fault  Inverted Di  0  DigQUT 0 1 Dig0UT E 10  Eea CUT RUTSIONA S 3 1 5  Warning igQUT 0  DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10   EG  Sy G 2 3 1 DIG OUT SIGNALS 3 1 6   Extemal Fault igQUT 0  DigOUT 0 1 JigOUT E 10                         P 2 3 1 1 Ready  gt  2 3 1 7  Al Ref Faul   warn   DigQUT 0 1 Dig0UT E 10  P 2 3 1 2 Run i  P 2 3 1 3 Fault  P 2 3 1 4 Fault  Inverted  P 2 3 1 5 Waring  3 1 6 External Fault   IP 2 3 1 7 Al Ref Faul wWa   1 8 OverT emp Warn    P 2 3 1 9 Reserved  P 2 3 1 10 Direct Differenc  P 2 3 1 11 At Ref  Speed  P 2 3 1 12 Jogging Speed  P 2 3 1 13 ExtControl Place  P 2 3 1 14 Ext Brake Contrl  P 23 1 15 ExtBrakeCtil Inv  P 2 3 1 16 FreqOut SupvLim1  P 2 3 1 17 FreqOut SupvLim2  P 2 3 1 18 Ref Lim Superv                             Figure 6 2  Screenshot of NCDrive programming tool  Entering the address code                Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and  same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure  WARNING flawless operation   Note  The inputs  unlike the outputs  cannot be changed in RUN state   6 4 3 Defining unused inputs outputs    All unused inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 also for the ter   minal number  The value 0 1 is also the default value for most of the functions  However  if you
191. ontrol keypad  Menu M3     The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below  See  the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual        Code Parameter Unit Default Cust  P3 1 Control place 1 125   2 Keypad  3 Fieldbus  R3 2   Keypad reference Hz  oA eee ee 22   P3 3 Directian on 1 E    keypad from the panel  0 Limited function of Stop  button  Rad Stop button   1 Stop button always  enabled                   Table 1 4  Keypad control parameters  M3    1 4 4 System menu  Control keypad  Menu M6     For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter  such as  application and language selection  customised parameter sets or information about the hardware  and software  see the product s User s Manual     1 4 5 Expander boards  Control keypad  Menu M7     The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board   related information  For more information  see the product s User s Manual           Standard Application       Honeywell    2  STANDARD APPLICATION    2 1 Introduction  Select the Standard Application in menu M6 on page S6 2     The Standard Application is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for which the  Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed     e The Standard Application has the same I O signals and the same control logic as the Basic  Application     e Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs ar
192. ontroller output  14 PT100 temperature    0 No filtering    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA   1 4 mA    0 Not used   1 Ready   2 Run   3 Fault   4 Fault inverted   5 FC overheat warning  6 Ext  fault or warning  7 Ref  fault or warning  8 Warning   9 Reversed   10 Preset speed 1   11 At speed   12 Mot  regulator active  13 OP freq  limit superv 1  14 OP freq limit superv 2  15 Torque limit superv   16 Ref  limit supervision  17 External brake control  18 Control place  IO  19 FC temp  limit superv   20 Unrequested direction  21 Ext  brake control inv   22 Thermistor fault warn   23 Fieldbus input data    As parameter 2 3 7    As parameter 2 3 7    O No limit  1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision    Honeywell       Output frequency  limit 2 supervision    Output frequency  limit 2   Supervised value    Torque limit  supervision    Torque limit  300 0 300 0  supervision value    Reference limit  supervision    Reference limit   0 00   ee  supervision value  External  brake off delay 100 0  External  brake on dela    2    2    100 0    FC temperature  supervision    supervised value  signal selection  mear    function    100  14    Analogue output 2 1  inversion    Analogue output 2  minimum  Analogue output 2    scaling    1    Analogue output 2    Table 5 5  Output signals  G2 3       PID Control Application    Hz           C                  346    347    348    349    350    351    352    353    354    355    471    472    473    474    475    476       O No 
193. or  potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analogue inputs  There are parameters also  for Fieldbus communication  Multi step speeds and jogging speed can also be selected if digital  inputs are programmed for these functions     e The digital inputs and all the outputs are freely programmable and the application supports  all I O boards    Additional functions     Analogue input signal range selection   Two frequency limit supervisions   Torque limit supervision   Reference limit supervision   Second ramps and S shape ramp programming  Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic  DC brake at start and stop   Three prohibit frequency areas   Programmable U f curve and switching frequency  Autorestart   Motor thermal and stall protection  fully programmable  off  warning  fault  Motor underload protection   Input and output phase supervision   Joystick hysteresis   Sleep function    NXP functions     Power limit functions   Different power limits for motoring and generating side   Master Follower function   Different torque limits for motoring and generating side   Cooling monitor input from heat exchange unit   Brake monitoring input and actual current monitor for immediate brake close    Separate speed control tuning for different speeds and loads   Inching function two different references   Possibility to connect the FB Process data to any parameter and some monitoring values  Identification parameter can be adjusted manually    The parameters of the Multi Pur
194. or adjustments of OP frequency are made  2 Controller switched on  with ramping    Controller adjusts OP freq  up to max freq     Undervoltage controller 234567  2 6 11     See par  ID607   Note  Over  undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of  operation     0 Controller switched off  1 Controller switched on  no ramping    Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made  2 Controller switched on  with ramping    Controller adjusts OP freq  up to zero speed    Torque limit 6  2 10 1     With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0     300 0     Torque limit control P gain 6  2 10 1     This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller  It is used in Open Loop  control mode only        Honeywell    611    612    613    614    615    616    617    618    619    620           Description of parameters 173 209        Torque limit control I gain 6  2 10 2    This parameter determines the I gain of the torque limit controller  It is used in Open  Loop control mode only    CL  Magnetizing current 23456  2 6 4 1  2 6 27 1    Set here the motor magnetizing current  no load current   See chapter 9 2     CL  Speed control P gain 23456  2 6 4 2  2 6 27 2   Sets the gain for the speed controller in   per Hz  See chapter 9 2     CL  Speed control I time 23456  2 6 4 3  2 6 27 3     Sets the integral time constant for the speed controller  Increasing the I time increases  stability but lengthens the speed response time  See chapter 9 2
195. or control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6        Parameter    Motor control mode    U f optimisation    U f ratio selection    Field weakening  point  Voltage at field  weakening point  U f curve midpoint  frequenc    U f curve midpoint  voltage    Output voltage at  zero frequency    Overvoltage  controller    Undervoltage  controller  Load drooping    Identification    Magnetizing current       Acceleration  compensation  Slip adjust       Magnetizing current  at start       Magnetizing time at  start        Start up torque    Local Remote Control Application                    Honeywell          Note  0 Frequency control  1 Speed control  Additionally for NXP   2 Not used  3 Closed loop speed ctrl  0 Not used       0 Linear       1 Squared  2 Programmable  3 Linear with flux optim        n  xX Unmot    n  X Unmot  Parameter max  value    par  2 6 5    n  X Unmot    See Table 8 12 for exact    values  0 Not used   1 Used  no ramping   2 Used  ramping   0 Not used  1 Used               O No action  1 Identification w o run  2 Identification with run    0 Not used  1 Torque memory  2 Torque reference    3 Start up torque fwd rev       P2 6 14 15  P2 6 14 17    Table 3 8  Motor control parameters  G2 6        Encoder filter time  Current control  P gain                         1 Automatic torque boost       Honeywell    3 4 8    P2 7 1    P2 7 2  P2 7 3  P2 7 4  P2 7 5    P2 7 6    P2 7 8  P2 7 9  P2 7 10    P2 7 11    P2 7 13    P2 7 16    P2 7 17    P2 7 18   
196. otor voltage  O Unmotor   8 DC link volt  O   1000V     0 No filtering    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted  0 0 mA   1 4 mA       0 Not used   1 Ready   2 Run   3 Fault   4 Fault inverted   5 FC overheat warning   6 Ext  fault or warning   7 Ref  fault or warning   8 Warning   9 Reversed   10 Jogging spd selected   11 At speed   12 Mot  regulator active   13 OP freq limit superv  1   14 OP freq limit superv  2   15 Torque limit superv    16 Ref  limit superv    17 Ext  brake control   18  Control place  IO   19 FC temp  limit superv    20 Unrequested rotation  direction   21 Ext  brake control  inverted   22 Thermistor fault warn        As parameter 2 3 7    As parameter 2 3 7    O No limit  1 Low limit supervision       316    346    347    2 High limit supervision    O No limit  1 Low limit supervision       2 High limit supervision       Honeywell Multi step Speed Control Application       Torque limit o o  a   2 348   1 Low limit  supervision function 2 High limit  Torque limit f 5  Reference limit ene  co   2 350   1 Low limit  supervision function 2 High limit  Reference limit  dela  dela  Frequency converter 0 No  temperature limit 354   1 Low limit  supervision    2 High limit    471 TTF programming method  used  See page 65   472   As parameter 2 3 2  0 N0 filtering    Analogue output 2 474 0 Not inverted  inversion 1 Inverted  Analogue output 2 475 0 0 mA  minimum 1 4 mA  Analogue output 2    Frequency converter  temperature limit  10   C  value  signal selection  EEE  fu
197. p command  the speed of the motor is decelerated according to  the set deceleration parameters   If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external  braking resistor for faster deceleration     Normal stop  Ramp  Run Enable stop  coasting  2 After the Stop command  the speed of the motor is decelerated according to    the set deceleration parameters  However  when Run Enable is selected  the  motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter     Normal stop  Coasting  Run Enable stop  ramping  3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter     However  when Run Enable signal is selected  the speed of the motor is  decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters  If the regenerated  energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for  faster deceleration     DC braking current 234567  2 4 8   Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking     DC braking time at stop 234567  2 4 9     Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the  motor is stopping  The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function  parameter  ID506     0 DC brake is not used     gt 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function    param  ID506   The DC braking time is determined with this parameter     Par  ID506   0  Stop function   Coasting     After the stop command  the motor coasts to a stop without control of the frequency
198. parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 6                             Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note  0 Frequency control  1 Speed control   P2 6 1 Motor control mode 0 1 3 0 600   Additionally for NXP   2 Not used  3 Closed loop speed ctrl   See 0 Not used   P2 6 2 U f optimisation 0 1 0 109   i Automatic tn     bds   0 Linear      1 Squared   P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 0 3 0 108  a Brogrammable  3 Linear with flux optim    P2 6 4 Field weakening   800   320 00   Hz   50 00 602   Voltage at field 3 A  P2 6 5 Weakening poini 10 00 200 00 A 100 00 603   n  x Unmot  U f curve midpoint par   P2 6 6 frequenc ve P2 6 4 ki 50 00 694  i   n  X Unmot  paom   Uf curve midpoint   Ooo   100 00       100 00 605   Parameter max  value    voltage  par  2 6 5  Output voltage at 5   5  P2 6 8 Zelo teglsncy 0 00 40 00 A Varies 606   n  x Unmot  P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 ade 8 12 eae  Overvoltage oot usea  P2 6 10 Sale  0 2 1 607   1 Used  no ramping   re   2 Used  ramping   Undervoltage 0 Not used  peel controller g 1 1 Goa 1 Used  Load drooping 100 00 0 00 620  0 No action  P2 6 13 Identification 0 1 2 0 631   1 Identification w o run        2 Identification with run  Closed Loop parameter group 2 6   P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 612                                  P2 6 14 2  Speed control P gain 613   P2 6 14 3  Speed control   time 614   P2 6 14 5 Acceleration 0 00   300 00 s 0 00 626   compensation  P2 6 14 6 Slip adjust 100 619  Magnetiz
199. parameters ID110 and ID111  nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the  motor  are set  the parameters ID602 and ID603 are automatically given the  corresponding values  If you need different values for the field weakening point and the  maximum output voltage  change these parameters after setting the parameters ID110  and ID111     U f curve  middle point frequency 234567  2 6 6    If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this parameter  defines the middle point frequency of the curve  See Figure 8 2    U f curve  middle point voltage 234567  2 6 7    If the programmable U f curve has been selected with the parameter ID108 this  parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve  See Figure 8 2    Output voltage at zero frequency 234567  2 6 8     If the programmable U f curve has been selected with the parameter ID108 this  parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve  NOTE  If the value of  parameter ID108 is changed this parameter is set to zero See Figure 8 2     Overvoltage controller 234567  2 6 10     These parameters allow the under  overvoltage controllers to be switched out of  operation  This may be useful  for example  if the mains supply voltage varies more than     15  to  10  and the application will not tolerate this over  undervoltage  In this case   the regulator controls the output frequency taking the supply fluctuations into account     0 Controller switched off  1 Controller switched on  no ramping    Min
200. pose Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual   The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter     Honeywell    6 2 Control I O       Multi purpose Control Application          Reference potentiometer                                      A                                                                OPT A1  Terminal Signal Description  1  10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc   2 Al1  Analogue input  voltage range   Voltage input frequency reference  0   10V DC  3 Al1  1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls  4 Al2  Analogue input  current range Current input frequency reference  5 Al2  0   20mA  6  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed   start forward   programmable   9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed   start reverse   programmable   10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed   fault reset   programmable   11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V  12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6   13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  14 DIN4 Jogging speed selection Contact closed   Jogging speed active   programmable   15 DIN5 External fault Contact open   no fault   Programmable  Contact closed   fault  16 DIN6 Accel   decel  time select Contact open   par  2 1 3  2 1 4 in use   Programmable  Contact closed   par  2 4 3   2 4 4 in use  17 CMB C
201. pplication does not provide any parameters for choosing  the response function or limit values for the faults  The motor thermal protection is explained in more  detail on page 179        6 209     1 2 Control I O    Basic Application    Honeywell       Reference potentiometer   1   10 kQ                                           2 ee eae    L     e e e e e ee                        CT  yee EEn eae        I   a    a ee ene    T            u                                                                OPT A1  Terminal Signal Description  1  10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc   2 Al1  Analogue input  voltage range   Voltage input frequency reference  0   10V DC  3 Al1  1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls  4 Al2  Analogue input  current range Current input frequency reference  5 Al2  0   20mA  6  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed   start forward  9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed   start reverse  10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open   no fault   programmable  Contact closed   fault  11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V  12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6   13 GND 1 O ground Ground for reference and controls  14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref   15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref Uin  Closed Open Multi step ref 1  Open Closed Multi step ref 2  Clo
202. r to achieve a dynamic speed drooping because of changing  load  The parameter defines the time during which the speed is restored to the level it  was before the load increase    Measured voltage drop 6  2 6 29  16    The measured voltage drop at stator resistance between two phases with the nominal  current of the motor    Ir  Add generator scale 6  2 6 29 19    Scaling factor for generator side IR compensation     Ir  Add motoring scale 6  2 6 29 20   Scaling factor for motoring side I R compensation     IU Offset 6  2 6 29 21   IV Offset 6  2 6 29 22   IW Offset 6  2 6 29 23     Offset values for phase current measurement        Honeywell    700    701    702    703    704    705           Description of parameters 177 209     Response to the 4mA reference fault 234567  2 7 1     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Warning  the frequency from 10 seconds back is set as reference   3   Warning  the Preset Frequency  Par  ID728  is set as reference   4   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506   5   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting   A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4   20 mA reference signal  is used and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds   The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1  and RO2     Response to external fault 234567  2 7 3     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506   3   Fault  stop mode
203. rameters Honeywell    Autochange interlocks automatics selection 7  2 9 25   0 Automatics  autochange interlockings  applied to auxiliary drives only    The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same  Only the mains  contactor is needed for each drive  See Figure 8 62     Hilfsantrieb 1 Hilfsantrieb 2    Ne cee nx12k96 fh8    Figure 8 62  Autochange applied to auxiliary drives only                                                     1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence    The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and two  contactors are needed for each drive to connect it to the mains or the frequency  converter  See Figure 8 63                                   Auxiliary Auxiliary  connection connection                                                                                  7 NX12k97 fh8  Drive 2 D    Figure 8 63  Autochange with all drives       Honeywell    1029    1030  1031        Description of parameters 195 209     Autochange interval 7  2 9 26     After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter  the autochange function takes  place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters ID1031  Auto   change frequency limit  and  D1030  Maximum number of auxiliary drives   Should the  capacity exceed the value of ID1031  the autochange will not take place before the ca   pacity goes below this limit     e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop reque
204. rced to change the values of Start Stop  Direction  and Reference valid in the respective control place are used   The value of parameter ID125  Keypad Control Place  does not change     When the input opens the control place is selected according to keypad control  parameter ID125        412    413    414    415    416    417    Reverse 67  2 2 7 4  2 2 6 11   Contact open  Direction forward   Contact closed  Direction reverse   Jogging speed 67  2 2 7 16  2 2 6  12   Contact closed  Jogging speed selected for frequency reference  See parameter ID124    Default programming  A 4    Fault reset 67  2 2 7 10  2 2 6 13   Contact closed  All faults are reset     Acceleration Deceleration prohibited 67  2 2 7 14  2 2 6 14   Contact closed  No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened     DC braking 67  2 2 7 15  2 2 6 15   Contact closed  In STOP mode  the DC braking operates until the contact is opened     Motor potentiometer DOWN 67  2 2 7 8  2 2 6  16     Contact closed  Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is  opened        Honeywell    418    419  420  421    422    423    424    425    426    427    428    429    430    431    432       Description of parameters       Motor potentiometer UP 67  2 2 7 9  2 2 6 17     Contact closed  Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is  opened     Preset speed 1 6  2 2 7 5   Preset speed 2 6  2 2 7 6   Preset speed 3 6  2 2 7 7     Parameter values are automatically limited 
205. ription of parameters    Min freq    0 Hz  Error value  setpoint     process value     10  s Max freq    50 Hz    Honeywell    As the error value increases  also the PID output increases according to the set values     D time   1 00s     a P part 100   PID error   5 00HZ s  e  10     a    A j D part 10  5 00 Hz        Sa ans tf  h  D part   10    5 00 Hz    1  1  s                x A    O7  rO   Ne                         PID output  Error value    Oo   3     I                  o         gt     1 00 s    NX12k72       Figure 8 5  PID output with the values of Example 3     Preset speed 8   Preset speed 9   Preset speed 10  Preset speed 11  Preset speed 12  Preset speed 13  Preset speed 14  Preset speed 15    AARAAAHRA AA     2 1 22    2 1 23    2 1 24    2 1 25    2 1 26    2 1 27    2 1 28    2 1 29                                               Speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed   Multi step speed  sel  1  DIN4  sel  2  DIN5  sel  3  DIN6  sel  4  DIN3   P2 1 22  8  0 0 0 1  P2 1 23  9  1 0 0 1  P2 1 24  10  0 1 0 1  P2 1 25  11  1 1 0 1  P2 1 26  12  0 0 1 1  P2 1 27  13  1 0 1 1  P2 1 28  14  0 1 1 1  P2 1 29  15  1 1 1 1       Table 8 5  Multi step speed selections with digital inputs DIN3  DIN4  DIN5 and DIN6          Honeywell    141    142    143    144  145    151    152    153    154    155  156    162    164          Description of parameters 129 209     Al3 signal selection 567  2 2 38  2 2 4 1    Connect the AI3 signal to the analogue input o
206. rogramming method  used  See page 65     154 0 Signal range O   10V  1 Signal range 2   10V    0 Not inverted  1 Inverted    153   O No filtering    fos    1036   See page 197     141  143  151  142  152  154  162  153  1034  035     Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See the product s User s Manual        56 209        Output signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 3     5 4 4  Code Parameter  Analogue output 1  pasi signal selection  P23 2 Analogue output  function  Analogue output  pees filter time  P23 4 Analogue output  inversion  Analogue output  P2 3 5 minimum  P23 6 Analogue output  scale  P23 7 Digital output 1  function  Relay output 1  neo function  Relay output 2  pecs function  Output frequency  PEO limit 1 supervision  Output frequency  P2 3 11 limit 1     Supervised value          Min    0 00    10    0 00       PID Control Application       Max    14    23    23    23    320 00          Unit Default  A 1         Hz 0 00                307    308    309    310    311    312    313    314    315    316       Honeywell    Note   TTF programming method  used  See page 65  0 Not used  1 Output freq   O   fmax   2 Freq  reference  0O   fmax   3 Motor speed  O   Motor   nominal speed   4 Motor current  O   Inmotor   5 Motor torque  0O   Tnmotor   6 Motor power  O   Prmotor   7 Motor voltage  0 Unmotor   8 DC link volt  O   1000V   9 PID controller ref  value  10 PID contr  act  value 1  11 PID contr  act  value 2  12 PID contr  error value  13 PID c
207. rol  External brake  control  inverted  Output frequency  limit 1 supervision  Output frequency  limit 2 supervision  Reference limit  supervision  Temperature limit  supervision  orque limit supervision  Motor thermal  protection  Analogue input  supervision limit  Motor regulator  activation  Fieldbus input data 1  Fieldbus input data 2  Fieldbus input data 3  Autochange 1 Aux 1  control  Autochange 2 Aux 2  control  Autochange 3 Aux 3  control  Autochange 4 Aux 4  control  Autochange 5       Min    Oo  O C  e JO  SO JOJOJOsSOsJOsSO  oO    0  0       Default    0 1    0 1    0 1    0 1    0 1    0 1  0 1  0 1    0 1    0 1  0 1    0 1  B 1    B 2    0 1    0 1  0 1          Table 7 10  Output signals  Digital outputs    Pump and Fan Control Application    Cust                                     445       446       447       448       449                               459       460       461          462         111 209     Note       112 209           S      N              O     O  S     Y   amp    gt   D  n    7 5 42 Limit settings  Co  __Code__ __ Parameter  p2 3 2 1   Output frequency  limit 1 supervision  p2 3 2 2   Output freq  limit 1   Supervised value  p2 3 2 3   Output frequency  limit 2 supervision  p2 3 2 4  Output freq  limit 2   Supervised value  P2 3 2 5 Torque limit  supervision  P2 3 2 6 Torque limit  supervision value  po307   Reference limit  supervision  p2 3 2 8   _ Reference limit  supervision value  External   Pana  brake off dela  External  pee el br
208. s Honeywell    Adjust input 6  2 2 1 4     With this parameter you can select the signal  according to which the frequency  reference to the motor is fine adjusted              Adjust  0 Not used finz maximum  1 Analogue input 1 Adjusted ID495   10   2 Analogue input 2 Adjust 0   3 Analogue input 3  4 Analogue input 4  5 Signal from fieldbus   FBProcessDatalN   Sii  minimum  ID494   10    gt   Analogue input  NX12K108  Figure 8 41  An example of adjust input  Adjust minimum 6  2 2 1 5   Adjust maximum 6  2 2 1 6     These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals  See Figure  8 41     Parameter Set 1 Set 2 selection 6  2 2 7 21     With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2  The input for  this function can be selected from any slot  The procedure of selecting between the sets  is explained in the product s user s manual     Digital input   FALSE    Set 1 is loaded as the active set  Digital input   TRUE     The active set is saved to set 1  Note  The parameter values are stored only when selecting P6 3 1 Parameter sets  Store Set 1 or Store Set 2 in System menu or from NCDrive  Drive  gt  Parameter Sets     Start pulse memory 3  2 2 24     Giving a value for this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when  the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa     0   The RUN status is not copied  1   The RUN status is copied    In order for this parameter to have effect  parameters ID300 and ID363 must have be
209. sed Closed RefMax  16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open   no action  Contact closed   fault reset  17 CMB Common for DIN4Q   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V  18 AQ1  Output frequency Programmable  19 AO1  Analogue output Range 0   20 mA R   max  5002  20 DO1 Digital output Programmable  READY Open collector  Is50mA  U lt 48 VDC  OPT A3  21 RO1 i Relay output 1  22 RO1 RUN  23  RO       24 RO2 Relay output 2  25 RO2 E FAULT  26   RO2       28 THA Thermistor input  29 TI1 2 Thermistor input                Table 1 1  Basic application default I O configuration     Note  See jumper selections below   More information in the product s  User s Manual        Jumper block X3   CMA and CMB grounding    ee  ee       CMB isolated from GND  ee CMA isolated from GND    CMB and CMA  internally connected together   isolated from GND    CMB connected to GND  CMA connected to GND          els      Factory default       Honeywell          1 3 Control signal logic in Basic Application    Basic Application             DIN2  amp     DIN6  amp   DIN3 Q       DIN1      Start forward    Start reverse    Fault reset input    External fault input          R3 2 Keypad reference     1D117 I O Reference    ID105 Preset Speed 1  ID106 Preset Speed    ID102 Max Frequency      Reference from fieldbus  Start Stop from fieldbus       Direction from fieldbus    Start Stop and  reverse logic    ID123 Keypad direction    rogrammable    Reset butto  Start Stop buttons    Start Stop    Reverse    ID125 Control place    In
210. see chapter 6 4    393 Al2 reference scaling  minimum value 6  2 2 3 6    394 Al2 reference scaling  maximum value 6  2 2 3 7   See ID   s 303 and 304     395 Al2 joystick hysteresis 6  2 2 3 8   See ID384     396 Al2 sleep limit 6  2 2 3 9   See ID385     397 Al2 sleep delay 6  2 2 3 10   See ID386     399 Scaling of current limit 6  2 2 6 1     0   Not used   1  Alt1   2 Al2   3  Al3   4 Al4   5   Fieldbus  FBProcessDatalN2     This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max  limit set with  parameter ID107     400 Scaling of DC braking current 6  2 2 6 2   See par  ID399 for the selections     DC braking current can be reduced DC braking   with the free analogue input signal oe   between current 0 4 x I  and the L00  eae  current set with parameter ID507  See   Figure 8 37        0 15 x IL Fee analogue    inpu       Signal range NX12K58       Figure 8 37  Scaling of DC braking current       Honeywell    401    402    403    404    405          Description of parameters 157 209        Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times 6  2 2 6 3   See par  ID399     A  Factor R    Acceleration and deceleration times  can be reduced with the free  analogue input signal according to the  following formulas     Reduced time   set acc  deceler   time  par  ID103  104  ID502  ID503   divided by the factor R from             Figure 8 38   Free  POS  a  Signal range NX12K59  Figure 8 38  Reducing of acceleration and  deceleration times  Reducing of torque supervis
211. seeee 208    9 4 Parameters of motor thermal protection  ID S 704 tO 708        csttccccceeteeettttteeeeeeeeteesnstsenees 209    Honeywell    4 209   9 5 Parameters of Stall protection  ID   S 709 to 712  1   ssstcccccccsceeessnnneeeeeeeeseesnnaaaeeeseeeeseeeennaaeeees 209  9 6 Parameters of Underload protection  ID S 713 tO 716       cccccseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeteeenennaanees 209  209    9 7 Fieldbus control parameters  ID S 850 tO 859         sscccccccccseserssncceeeeeesseeessnaceeeeeeeeseeeensaaanees          Basic Application       Honeywell    1  BASIC APPLICATION  1 1 Introduction    The Basic Application is easy and flexible to use due to its versatile fieldbus features  It is the default  setting on delivery from the factory  Otherwise select the Basic Application in menu M6 on  page S6 2  See the product s User s Manual     Digital input DIN3 is programmable     The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual  The explanations  are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter     1 1 1 Motor protection functions in the Basic Application  The Basic Application provides almost all the same protection functions as the other applications     External fault protection  Input phase supervision  Undervoltage protection  Output phase supervision  Earth fault protection  Motor thermal protection  Thermistor fault protection  Fieldbus fault protection  Slot fault protection    Unlike the other applications  the Basic A
212. ses the motor voltage when the motor is loaded  See chapter 9 2     Load drooping 23456  2 6 12  2 6 15     The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load  This parameter sets  that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor        174 209     621    626    627    628    631    Description of parameters Honeywell    CL  Startup torque 23456  2 6 4 11  2 6 27 11     Choose here the startup torque    Torque Memory is used in crane applications  Startup Torque FWD REV can be used in  other applications to help the speed controller  See chapter 9 2    0   Not Used   1   TorqMemory   2   Torque Ref   3   Torg Fwd Rev    CL  Acceleration compensation 23456  2 6 4 5  2 6 27 5     Sets the inertia compensation to improve speed response during acceleration and  deceleration  The time is defined as acceleration time to nominal speed with nominal  torque  This parameter is active also in advanced open loop mode     CL  Magnetizing current at start 23456  2 6 4 7  2 6 27 7     CL  Magnetizing time at start 23456  2 6 4 8  2 6 27 8   Set here the rise time of magnetizing current     Identification 23456  2 6 13  2 6 16     Identification Run is a part of tuning the motor and the drive specific parameters  It is a  tool for commissioning and service of the drive with the aim to find as good parameter  values as possible for most drives  The automatic motor identification calculates or  measures the motor parameters that are needed for optimum motor and speed co
213. sions  Torque limit supervision  Reference limit supervision  Second ramps and S shape ramp programming  Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic  DC brake at start and stop  Three prohibit frequency areas  Programmable U f curve and switching frequency  Autorestart  Motor thermal and stall protection  fully programmable  off  warning  fault  Motor underload protection  Input and output phase supervision  Sleep function    The parameters of the Pump and Fan Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual   The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter        96 209     7 2 Control I O    Pump and Fan Control Application    Honeywell                                                                                                 Reference potentiometer   OPT A1  1   10 kQ Terminal Signal Description  rp                 1  10Vre   Reference output Voltage for potentiometer  etc     2 Al1  Analogue input  voltage range   Voltage input frequency reference  Boo 0   10V DC  2 wire    transmitter                              4 3 Al1  1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls  Actual 63 7              4 Al2  Analogue input  current range   Current input frequency reference  value   5 Al2  0   20mA  o fos    I      a prain    24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  etc  max 0 1 A  i T 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  L_ Da r en eet   8 DIN1 Start Stop  Control place A Contact closed   start  l  PID con
214. st  4 1  320 00 Hz 51 00   Par   292 Hz 10 00  320 00 Hz 51 00  Par   294 Hz 10 00  320 00 Hz 51 00  Par   296 Hz 10 00  320 00 Hz 51 00  Par   298 Hz 10 00  300 0 s 4 0  300 0 S 2 0  100 0   0 0  100 0   0 0  100 0   0 0  100 0 A 0 0  1 0  5 0  100 0   30 00  100 0   20 00  100 0 A 30 00  300 0 s 0 0  300 0 s 0 0  2 1  1 1  1 1  3000 0 h 48 0          ID Note  1001    1002    1003    w    101    1004    1005    1006    1007            j    o j  o    eA k ex   i       oO Oo oO  pat   mare    A o ine       per  oO  aa  o    1020    1 PID contr  bypassed    0 Not used  1 Al1  2 Al2  3 Al3    1021  4 Al4  5 Fieldbus signal       a  oO  ie   ine     1023  1024  O No delay  1025   300 No frequency drop    nor increase   O No delay   300 No frequency drop   nor increase   0 Interlocks not used   1 Set new interlock last   update order after    1026    1032    value of par  2 9 26 or  Stop state   2 Stop and update order  immediatel    0 Not used  1 Autochange used       1027  1 0 Auxiliary drives only  1 All drives    1029   0 0 TEST 40 s    j    ie            120 209  Pump and Fan Control Application Honeywell  yW    Autochange   Maximum number of 0 4 1030  auxiliary drives  Autochange  display minimum  display maximum  display decimals  Actual value special  24 28 1036   See page 197   display unit                         Table 7 20  Pump and fan control parameters    7 5 11 Keypad control  Control keypad  Menu M3     The parameters for the selection of control place and directio
215. st is active   e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place     See Figure 8 64     Maximum number of auxiliary drives 7  2 9 27   Autochange frequency limit 7  2 9 28     These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that  the autochange can take place     This level is defined as follows     e If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter  ID1030 the autochange function can take place     e If the number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter ID1030  and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter ID1031 the  autochange can take place     e If the value of parameter ID1031 is 0 0 Hz  the autochange can take place only in  rest position  Stop and Sleep  regardless of the value of parameter ID1030     Output   frequency  Autochange moment   Par  ID1030   1    Max number of  auxiliary drives    Par  ID1031  Autochange  level  frequency          Par  ID1029   i Par  ID1029    Autochange interval Autochange interval             Aux  drive 1    control       Aux  drive 2  control          NX12k98 fh3       Figure 8 64  Autochange interval and limits       196 209     1032    1033  1034  1035  1036    Description of parameters Honeywell    Interlock selection 7  2 9 23     With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives   The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the  au
216. tact   start enabled  open contact   start disabled and drive stopped if running    Reference scaling  minimum value  place B 3  2 2 18   Reference scaling  maximum value  place B 3  2 2 19     See parameters ID303 and ID304 above        152 209     366    367    370    371    372    Description of parameters Honeywell    Easy changeover 5  2 2 37     0 Keep reference  1 Copy reference    If Copy reference has been selected it is possible to switch from direct control to PID  control and back without scaling the reference and actual value    For example  The process is driven with direct frequency reference  Control place I O B   fieldbus or keypad  to some point and then the control place is switched to one where  the PID controller is selected  The PID control starts to maintain that point  The PID  controller error value is forced to zero when the control place is changed    It is also possible to change the control source back to direct frequency control  In this  case  the output frequency is copied as the frequency reference  If the destination place  is Keypad the run status  Run Stop  Direction and Reference  will be copied    The changeover is smooth when the reference of the destination source comes from the  Keypad or an internal motor potentiometer  par  ID332  PID Ref     2 or 4  ID343  I O B  Ref    2 or 4  par  ID121  Keypad Ref    2 or 4 and ID122  Fieldbus Ref   2 or 4     Motor potentiometer memory reset   Frequency reference  3567  2 2 23  2 2 28  2 2 1 3  
217. tage to occur  the current must have  exceeded this limit  See Figure 8 49  The  software does not allow entering a greater  value than 2 ly  If parameter ID107 Nominal  current limit of motor is changed  this  parameter is automatically calculated to 90   of the current limit  See chapter 9 5     Stall area    Par  ID710          f     gt   Par  1ID712     nxtakes          Figure 8 49  Stall characteristics settings       180 209     711    712    713    714    Description of parameters Honeywell    Stall time 234567  2 7 15     This time can be set between 1 0 and 4 Stall time counter  120 0s   This is the maximum time allowed for a sa arl dnpiatce  stall stage  The stall time is counted by an l    internal up down counter  Tip warning  If the stall time counter value goes above ii  this limit the protection will cause a trip     see ID709   See chapter 9 5           ee kL  No stall    NX12k64       Figure 8 50  Stall time count    Stall frequency limit 234567  2 7 16     The frequency can be set between 1 f a  ID102    For a stall state to occur  the output frequency must have remained below this limit  See  chapter 9 5     Underload protection 234567  2 7 17     0   No response   1   Warning   2   Fault  stop mode after fault according to ID506  3   Fault  stop mode after fault always by coasting    If tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage   Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to 0 will reset the underload time  counter t
218. tart forward  l  programmable   l aa  eee tee ee ee  9 DIN2 Place A start reverse Contact closed   start reverse   programmable     ee 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open   no fault  eS  programmable  Contact closed   fault  Remote control ground  _ 11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V  SSS SS Sa 12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6    lt    13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  b  oe   2                14 DIN4 Place B  Start forward Contact closed   start forward  l  programmable   l  I    a I 15     DINS   Place B  Start reverse  T 7 a  aA  programmable  Contact closed   start reverse  I    m   16 DING Place A B selection Contact open   place A is active  CT   i Hna Contact closed   Place B is active  l   17 CMB Common for DIN4A   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V    l         18 AO1  Output frequency Programmable  l READY l  mA    19 AO1  Analogue output Range 0   20 mA R   max  5009  I      oa         L                20 DO1 Digital output Programmable  l   READY Open collector  I lt 50mA  U lt 48 VDC    OPT A3  l 21 RO1 Relay output 1   Programmable  l  l RUN     or e RUN  Vo  Q           233  er       24 RO2 E Relay output 2   Programmable  200    74 ra 25 RO2 FAULT  WAC ef ee 26   RO2           28 THA Thermistor input  a ES _  29 TH 2 Thermistor input                      Table 3 1  Local Remote contro  application default I O configuration     Note  See jumper selections below  Jumper block X3   More information 
219. tart stop control of  the freq  converter stog    Auxiliary drive 1 sto start    i Maximum of the  Minimum of the actual value  actual value       Auxiliary drive Be NX12k91       Actual value    Figure 8 58  Example of variable speed drive and two auxiliary drives with bypassed PID    controller    Analogue input selection for input pressure measurement  Input pressure high limit   Input pressure low limit   Output pressure drop value    7  2 9 17   7  2 9 18   7  2 9 19   7  2 9 20     In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pressure if  the input pressure decreases below a certain limit  The input pressure measurement  which is needed is connected to the analogue input selected with parameter ID1021     See Figure 8 59        192 209  Description of parameters Honeywell    NX    Messung des  Eingangs   drucks   Parameter  2 9 17    PID Regler   Istwertauswahl  Par  2 2 1 8    NX12k93 fh8       Figure 8 59  Input and output pressure measuring    With parameters ID1022 and ID1023 the limits for the area of the input pressure  where  the output pressure is decreased  can be selected  The values are in percent of the input  pressure measurement maximum value  With parameter ID1024 the value for the output  pressure decrease within this area can be set  The value is in percent of the reference  value maximum  See Figure 8 60     OUTPUT PRESSURE    Par  ID1024  Output  pressure  drop value    INPUT PRESSURE    Par  ID1026    Input pressure   hig
220. ter    Maximum value of parameter    Unit of parameter value  Given if available   Value preset by factory   Customer s own setting   ID number of the parameter   In parameter row  Use TTF method to program these parameters    On parameter code  Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency  converter has been stopped     Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1     The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and  measurements  Monitoring values cannot be edited   See the product s User s Manual for more information                                                                          Code Parameter Unit ID Description   V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor   V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25   Frequency reference to motor    control   V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm   V1 4 Motor current A 3   V1 5 Motor torque   4 Calculated shaft torque   V1 6 Motor power   5_  Motor shaft power   V1 7 Motor voltage V 6   V1 8 DC link voltage V 7   V1 9 Unit temperature   C 8 Heatsink temperature   V1 10 Motor temperature   9 Calculated motor temperature   V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13   All   V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14   Al2   V1 13 DIN1  DIN2  DIN3 15   Digital input statuses   V1 14 DIN4  DIN5  DIN6 16   Digital input statuses   V1 15 DO1  RO1  RO2 17 _  Digital and relay output statuses   V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26   AO1   M1 17   Monitoring items Displays three selectable   monitoring values          Tab
221. ter is changed the  stall current limit  ID710  is internally calculated to 90  of current limit        122 209     108    Description of parameters Honeywell  U f ration selection 234567  2 6 3   Linear  The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the constant  0 flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is  supplied to the motor  Linear U f ration should be used in constant torque  applications  This default setting should be used if there is no special  need for another setting   Squared  The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form with the  1 frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nomi     nal voltage is also supplied to the motor  The motor runs undermagnetised  below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electro   mechanical noise  Squared U f ratio can be used in applications where  torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed  e g  in  centrifugal fans and pumps           val Default  Nominal  ID603 voltage of the motor             Field weakening  point    Linear    Squared Default  Nominal  frequency of the    motor f Hz    gt              NX12K07       Figure 8 1  Linear and squared change of motor voltage    Programmable U f curve     2    The U f curve can be programmed with three different points  Programmable  U f curve can be used if the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the  application               Deed b
222. ternal frequency  reference       Internal Start Stop    Internal reverse    ea Internal fault reset   gt 1    NX12k00 fh8          Figure 1 1  Control signal logic of the Basic Application          8 209     Basic Application Honeywell    1 4 Basic Application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205     Column explanations     Code    Parameter  Min   Max   Unit  Default  Cust   ID    Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present parameter  number   Name of parameter   Minimum value of parameter   Maximum value of parameter   Unit of parameter value  Given if available   Value preset by factory   Customer   s own setting   ID number of the parameter    Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been  stopped     1 4 1 Monitoring values  Control keypad  menu M1     The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and  measurements  Monitoring values cannot be edited   See the product s User s Manual for more information                                                              Code Parameter Unit ID Description   V1 1   Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor   V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25   Frequency reference to  motor control   V1 3   Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rom   V1 4   Motor current A 3   V1 5   Motor torque   4 Calculated shaft
223. tions  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 7     Default    0 00    0 0  40 0    Varies  100    lH  15 00    25 0    50  10 0  20       Cust       700    728    701    730    727    702  703  704    705    706    707    708    709    710  711    712    713    714    715    716    732    733    734    Honeywell    Note  0 No response  1 Warning  2 Warning Previous    Freq   3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2  4 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  5 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting  0 Fault stored in history  1 Fault not stored       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       O No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       0 No response  1 Warning    2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       See P2 7 21    See P2 7 21          Honeywell Standard Application    2 4 9 Autorestart parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 8              Parameter    Default   Cust   ID  10 00 0 50 717    Trialtime   0 00   60 00 30 00 718  Start function 2 0 719   1 Flying start  2 According to par  2 4 6  undervoltage trip  overvoltage trip  overcurrent trip  Number of tries after 10 0 723  4mA reference trip  Number of tries after  motor temperature 10 0 726  fault trip  Number of tries after 10 0 725  external fault trip  Number of tries after       Table 2 10  
224. tomatic control  frequency converter   directly to the mains or place them to off state   The interlock feedback functions are connected to the digital inputs of the frequency  converter  Program parameters ID426 to ID430 to connect the feedback functions to the  digital inputs  Each drive must be connected to its own interlock input  The Pump and fan  control controls only those motors whose interlock input is active     0 Interlock feedback not used   The frequency converter receives no interlock feedback from the drives   1 Update of autochange order in Stop   The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives  In case one of the  drives is  for some reason  disconnected from the system and eventually re connected  it  will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system  However  if the    autochange order now becomes  for example   P1  gt  P3  gt  P4  gt  P2   it will be updated  in the next Stop  autochange  sleep  stop  etc      Example    P1  gt  P3  gt  P4   gt   P2 LOCKED   gt   P1  gt  P3  gt  P4  gt  P2   gt   SLEEP   gt   P1  gt  P2  gt  P3  gt  P4     2 Update of order immediately  The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives  At re connection of  a drive to the autochange line  the automatics will stop all motors immediately and re     start with a new set up     Example    P1  gt  P2  gt  P4   gt   P3 LOCKED   gt   STOP   gt   P1  gt  P2  gt  P3  gt  P4     Actual value special display minimum 57  2 2 4
225. tputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with  extra relay outputs  e g  OPT B5     462 Autochange 5 control 7  2 3 1 31     Control signal for autochange drive 5     463 Analogue input supervision limit 67  2 3 3 22  2 3 1 22   The selected analogue input signal goes beyond the set supervision limits  see  parameters ID372  ID373 and ID374     464 Analogue output 1 signal selection 234567  2 3 1  2 3 5 1  2 3 3 1   Connect the AO1 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter  For  more information about the TTF programming method  see chapter 6 4    471 Analogue output 2 signal selection 234567  2 3 12  2 3 22  2 3 6 1  2 3 4 1     Connect the AO2 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter  For  more information about the TTF programming method  see chapter 6 4     472 Analogue output 2 function 234567  2 3 13  2 3 23  2 3 6 2  2 3 4 2   473 Analogue output 2 filter time 234567  2 3 14  2 3 24  2 3 6 3  2 3 4 3   474 Analogue output 2 inversion 234567  2 3 15  2 3 25  2 3 6 4  2 3 4 4   475 Analogue output 2 minimum 234567  2 3 16  2 3 26  2 3 6 5  2 3 4 5   476 Analogue output 2 scaling 234567  2 3 17  2 3 27  2 3 6 6  2 3 4 6     For more information on these five parameters  see the corresponding parameters for  the analogue output 1 on pages 135 to 137     477 Analogue output 2 offset 67  2 3 6 7  2 3 4 7   Add    100 0 to 100 0  to the analogue output     478 Analogue output 3  signal selection 67  2 3 7 1  2 3 5 
226. trol  Application 6 only  see chapter 9 1 on page 206     If the output frequency goes under over the set limit  ID347  this function generates a   warning message via the digital output DO1 and via the relay output RO1   or RO2 depending   1  on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314  applications 3 4 5  or   2  depending on to which output the supervision signals  par  ID447 and ID448  are  connected  applications 6 and 7      347 Output frequency limit 2 supervision value 34567  2 3 13  2 3 4 4  2 3 2 4   Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID346  See Figure 8 16     348 Torque limit  supervision function 34567  2 3 14  2 3 4 5  2 3 2 5     0   No supervision   1   Low limit supervision   2   High limit supervision   3   Brake off control  Application 6 only  see chapter 9 1 on page 206     If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit  ID349  this function  generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or  RO2   1  depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314  applications 3 4 5  or   2  depending on to which output the supervision signal  par  ID451  is connected   applications 6 and 7         146 209     349    350    351    352  353    Description of parameters Honeywell    Torque limit  supervision value 34567  2 3 15  2 3 4 6  2 3 2 6   Set here the torque value to be supervised by parameter ID348     Applications 3 and 4   Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint 
227. trol Application       4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control Application          2 1 11 I O Reference  2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference    3 2 Keypad reference          i   I    I  Preset Speed 3 ri i  mir niapi ee a T el pe ee Ie   Pop peer nat      1 oi rit 1  A A SSS   gt  aA   s or aasia O E E      ET men  i  loi raid   O a ae   mn    1     _   l I b  W  i i    p          i  r            l    Reset butto  Start Stop buttons    Programmable  Start Stop and  reverse logic       Fault reset input    NX12k08  fh8          2 1 13 Fieldous Ctrl Reference       2 1 14 Jogging speed    reference    3 1 Control place    Internal frequency  reference       Internal Start Stop    Internal reverse      Internal fault reset   programmable  7       Figure 4 1  Control signal logic of the Multi step Speed Application       38 209     Multi step Speed Control Application Honeywell    4 4 Multi step speed control application     Parameter lists    On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups  The  parameter descriptions are given on pages 121 to 205     Column explanations     Code    Parameter  Min   Max   Unit  Default  Cust   ID    Location indication on the keypad  Shows the operator the present parameter  number   Name of parameter   Minimum value of parameter   Maximum value of parameter   Unit of parameter value  Given if available   Value preset by factory   Customer   s own setting   ID number of the parameter   In par
228. troller   programm      Lee 9 DIN2 Interlock 1 Contact closed   Interlock used  ag A   programmable  Contact open   Interlock not used  l    a 10 DIN3 Interlock 2 Contact closed   Interlock used  Cowal  programmable  Contact open   Interlock not used  11 CMA Common for DIN 1   DIN 3 Connect to GND or  24V  r                12  24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches  see  6   l r      13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls  l l 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed   Start  l a ee ie oe    Direct frequency reference   l    programmable     oe i 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed   Jogging speed active  T Jana  programmable   l a l 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open   Control place A is active  I           S  SSS  gt   programmable  Contact closed   Control place B is active  l 17 CMB Common for DIN4A   DIN6 Connect to GND or  24V    18 AQ1  Output frequency Programmable  See chapters 7 5 4 3   l   19 AO1  Analogue output 7 5 4 4 and 7 5 4 5  l FAULT    GND  Range 0   20 mA Ri  max  5000  l l 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable  PERA     PE TEE FAULT Open collector  IK50mA  U lt 48 VDC  l   OPT A3    21 RO1 E Relay output 1   Programmable  See chapter 7 5 4 1  l SEERE 22 RO1 Aux Autochange 1  O Eys eae  23  RO       24 RO2 TA Relay output 2   Programmable  See chapter 7 5 4 1  220    4 M       25 RO2 Aux Autochange 2  vac       H      26   RO2       N 28 THA Thermistor input  ce EEN ee _  29 TH 2 Thermistor input       
229. ue input     P2 2 18 i  function          Table 4 4  Input signals  G2 2          Multi step Speed Control Application    0 361    0 362                0 Not used   1 Ujn  analogue volt  input    2 lin  analogue curr  input    O No function   1 Reduces current limit   par  2 1 5     2 Reduces DC braking  current   3 Reduces accel  and  decel  times   4 Reduces torque  supervision limit    CP control place  cc closing contact  oc opening contact     Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly   See the product s User s Manual  chapter 6 2 2 2       42 209     4 4 4 Output signals  Control a Menu M2  gt  G2 3   Code Parameter ax Unit Default  selection    Analogue output    Peise function       Analogue output  inversion  Analogue output    Po 36 E ET E E 1000    P23 7 Digital output 1    function        eer al output 1    scale    reve  eer al  P23 9 M output 2  M   Output frequency   peo limit 1 supervision  Output frequency   P2 3 11 limit 1  320 00  Supervision value   p2 3 12   Output frequency 2  limit 2 supervision  Output frequency   P2 3 13 limit 2  320 00  Supervision value       0 00       Cust       307    308    309    310    312    313    314    Honeywell    Multi step Speed Control Application    Note    TTF programming method   used  See page 65    0 Not used   1 Output freq   O   fmax    2 Freq  reference  O   fmax    3 Motor speed  O   Motor  nominal speed     4 Motor current  O   Inmotor   5 Motor torque    O   Tnmotor   6 Motor power  O   Prmotor   7 M
230. ult    frequenc     external fault     supervision  undervoltage fault  supervision     of the motor  temperature factor  Motor cooling factor 0 0  at zero speed i    Motor thermal time A  constant    Motor duty cycle 0       Oo    oO    Stall protection 0       Stall current 0 00  Stall time limit 1 00  Stall frequency limit 1 00    Underload  protection    Field weakening 10 0  area load  Zero frequency load 5 0  Underload protec     tion time limit 2 00       Response to  thermistor fault    fieldbus fault  0  0    Response to PT100       fault       PT100 warning limit       30 0  PT100 fault limit  30 0          Multi purpose Control Application       Max    Par  2 1 2    100 0  150 0    200  100    2X In    120 00    Par  2 1 2    150 0    150 0    600 00    200 0  200 0       Unit    Hz              min  A               Default    0 00    2  0 0  40 0    Varies  100    lH  15 00  25 00    50 0  10 0  20 00    120 0  130 0       Cust       ID    700    728    701    730    727    702  703  704    705    706    707    708    709    710  711  712    713    714  715  716    732    733  734    739  740    741  742       Note  O0 No response  1 Warning  2 Warning Previous freq   3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2  4 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  5 Fault stop by coasting    0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting       0 Fault stored in history  1 Fault not stored          0 No response  1 Warning   2 Fault stop acc  to 2 4 7  3 Fault stop by coasting
231. ure  supervision  P23 4 12 FC temperature  supervised value  P2 3 4 13 Analogue  supervision signal  p2 3 4 14   Analogue super   vision low limit  p2 3 4 15   Analogue super   vision high limit  NXP drives only  Brake On Off  peas Current Limit          Table 6 16  Limit settings  G2 3 4     300 0    wo    A         Pg    Multi purpose Control Application       300 0    100 0  100 0    100 0    100 00    100 00    2xlH                0 N0 limit   1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision  3 Brake on control    0 N0 limit   1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision  3 Brake off control  4 Brake on off control    0 Not used   1 Low limit supervision  2 High limit supervision  3 Brake off control    0 Not used  1 Low limit  2 High limit    0 Not used    1 Low limit  2 High limit    0 Not used  1 Al1  2 Al2  3 Al3    Brake is kept closed if  current is below this  value           Multi purpose Control Application                Code Parameter Min Max   Analogue output 1   AS signal selection Q  Analogue output 1   P2 3 5 2 function 0 15  Analogue output 1   P2 3 5 3 filter time 0 00 10 00   p2 3 5 4   Analogue output 1 0 1   inversion   Analogue output 1   P2 3 5 5 minimum 0 1  Analogue output 1   P2 3 5 6 Seale 10 1000  Analogue output 1     P2 3 5 7 offset 100 00 100 00    Code Parameter Min Max  p2 3 6 1   Analogue output 2  ee   signal selection   Analogue output 2 oe  P2062  Analogue output 2  eee filter time  p2 3 6 4   Analogue output 2 Les  inversion  Ana
232. ure 9 1  Brake control with additional limits    In Figure 9 1 above  the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit  par  ID349   and frequency supervision limit  ID347   Additionally  the same frequency limit is used for both  brake off and brake on control by giving parameter ID346 the value 4  Use of two different frequency  limits is also possible  Then parameters ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3     Brake off  In order for the brake to release  three conditions must be fulfilled  1  the drive must be in  Run state  2  the torque must be over the set limit  if used  and 3  the output frequency must be over  the set limit  if used     Brake on  Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output  frequency falls below the set limit  ID315 or ID346   As a precaution  the brake closes when the  brake on delay expires  at the latest          Honeywell Appendices 207 209        Note  A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay     See Figure 9 2     It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to  avoid damaging of the brake        No brake off control 0 2    Brake off ctrl  2 limits 3       Brake on off crtl  1 limit   4                   TRUE 4             Output frequency  gt  ID347             _  No brake off control    HERS Brake off ctrl       torque limit                             01 U09 Jjo ayeig       TRUE T    Motor torque  gt 
233. urrent limit A I 107  Nominal voltage of Nae 230V  P2 1 6 hemolc 180 V   NX5  400V 110  NX6  690V  Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of  P2 1 7 of the motor i 2009 113 the motor  Nominal speed of The default applies for a4   P2 1 8 the motor 24 20 000 rpm 1440 112   pole motor and a nominal  size frequency converter   Nominal current of Check the rating plate of  P2 1 9 the motor Gi In 113   the motor  d  Check the rating plate of  P2 1 10 Motor coso 0 85 120   he motor  0 Anal volt  input   2   3   1 Anal curr input   4   5   PID controller 2 PID ref from Keypad  P2447   reference signal 0 332 control page  par  3 4   Place A  3 PID ref from fieldbus   ProcessDatalN 1   4 Motor potentiometer  P2 1 12  PlIDcontrollergain   0 0   10000     100 0 118  P2 1 13 PID controller I time   0 00   320 00   s 1 00 119    p2 1 14   PID controller D    0 00    100 00 s 0 00 132  time  P2 1 15   Sleep frequency   0 00    ae Hz 10 00 1016       P2 1 16 Sleep dela   o   3600 s 30 1017  P2 1 17   Wakeuplevel   0 00   100 00   25 00 1018    0 Wake up at fall below     wake up level  2 1 17    P2 1 18   Wake up function 1 0 1019 1 Wake up at exceeded   wake up level  2 1 17   p2 1 19   Jogging speed   0 00    Par  2 1 2   Hz 10 00 124  reference    Table 5 3  Basic parameters G2 1                            Honeywell    5 4 3       Code       Input signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 2        Parameter Min Max    DIN2 function 13    DINS function    DIN5 function    PID sum point  r
234. well       Drive control parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 4     Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID  O Linear  P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape   00   100   S 0 1 500  gt 0 S curve ramp time  0 Linear  P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 10 0 S 0 0 501  gt 0 S curve ramp time  P2 4 3   Acceleration time 2 3000 0 s 10 0 502  O O O  P2 4 4   Deceleration time 2 3000 0 s 10 0 5083  ss    0 Disabled  1 Used when running  2 External brake chopper  504   3 Used when stopped   running  4 Used when running  no          fe      P2 4 7 Stop function 0    P2 4 8   DC braking current  0 00   b      P24 9 DC braking time 000   600 00  at stop  Frequency to start  P2 4 10   DC braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50  ramp stop  P2 4i  DC braking time 0 00   600 00  at start    P2 4 13  Flux braking current  0 00   lk      Table 2 6  Drive control parameters  G2 4    0 Ramp  0 Coasting  1 Ramp  506   2 Ramp Run enable  coast    3 Coast Run enable ramp  so7 fo    508   0 DC brake is off at stop    516   0 DC brake is off at start    0 Off  920   4 0n    519 S    o   gt   oO  o fa  oO  S     E    n   S   e   3S                       gt   T    2 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 5        Code Parameter Default Cust  P25 1 Prohibit frequency 0 00  range 1 low limit  Prohibit frequency  Sate range 1 high limit 0 0  P25 3 Prohibit acc  dec  1 0  ramp                      Table 2 7  Prohibit frequency parameters  G2 5       Honeywell Standard Application       2 4 7 Motor control 
235. with external free analogue  input signal  see parameters ID361 and ID362     Reference limit  supervision function 34567  2 3 16  2 3 4 7  2 3 2 7     0   No supervision   1   Low limit supervision   2   High limit supervision   If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit  ID351   this function generates  a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2   1  depending on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314  applications 3 4 5  or   2  depending on to which output the supervision signal  par  ID449  is connected   applications 6 and 7      The supervised reference is the current active reference  It can be place A or B  reference depending on DIN6 input  or panel reference if the panel is the active control  place     Reference limit  supervision value 34567  2 3 17  2 3 4 8  2 3 2 8   The frequency value to be supervised with the parameter ID350     External brake off delay 34567  2 3 18  2 3 4 9  2 3 2 9   External brake on delay 34567  2 3 19  2 3 4 10  2 3 2 10     The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals with  these parameters  See Figure 8 24 and chapter 9 1 on page 206    The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via one of the  relay outputs RO1 and RO2  see parameters ID312 to ID314  applications 3 4 5  or  1D445  applications 6 and 7      a  b     torr   ID352 toy   ID353 torr   1D352 toy   Par  ID353    External   j External    BRAKE  OFF i
236. zL    zL    n    zL    zL    n    T    Reference scaling    T    maximum value          Multi step Speed Control Application    Input signals  Control keypad  Menu M2  gt  G2 2        Default    A 1    0 00    100 0    0 10    A 2    0 00    100 00    0 10    0 00    0 00       Honeywell    ID Note    DIN      Dm2      Start fwd Start rvs  Start Stop Rvs Fwd  Start Stop Run enable  Start pulse Stop pulse  Fwd  Rvs   Start  Stop Rvs Fwd  Start  Stop Run enable  0 Not used  1 Ext  fault  closing cont   2 Ext  fault  opening cont   3 Run enable  4 Acc  Dec  time select   5 Force cp  to lO  6 Force cp  to keypad  7 Force cp  to fieldbus  8 Rvs  if par  2 2 1 3   9 Jogging speed  10 Fault reset  11 Acc  Dec  operation  prohibit  12 DC Braking command  13 Preset speed  TTF programming method  used  See page 65   0 0   100    1 20   100    2 Custom setting range     minimum  maximum    Analogue input 1  reference inversion yes no  Analogue input 1  reference filter time   constant   TTF programming method  used  See page 65    0 0     20 mA    1 4     20 mA    2 custom setting range    minimum  maximum  reference inversion yes no    Analogue input 2  reference filter time   constant   Selects the frequency that  corresponds to the min   reference signal   Selects the frequency that  corresponds to the max        ORONO             reference signal  0 00   No scaling   gt 0   scaled max  value          Honeywell    Free analogue input     P2 2 17        signal selection    Free analog
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
  Mouse inalámbrico para viaje con recibidor USB retráctil Manual del  GroupShield für Exchange  Casio IQ-02 Owner's Manual  Warehouse of Tiffany RL5577 Instructions / Assembly    Sitecom Turbo wheel - white  John Deere Products & Services Cab A-11170 User's Manual  気体採取方法(pdf版)  AWD-AQ1    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file